From 02517e801526786dbdd575f2c99f7b1980e9cd5a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesse Griffin Date: Wed, 29 Nov 2017 16:59:53 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 1/7] Fixes for ordered lists --- checking/authority-level2/01.md | 4 ++-- checking/language-community-check/01.md | 14 ++++++------ translate/figs-123person/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/figs-activepassive/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/figs-declarative/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/figs-distinguish/01.md | 2 +- translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md | 2 +- translate/figs-doublet/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/figs-events/01.md | 6 ++--- translate/figs-exclamations/01.md | 10 ++++----- translate/figs-explicit/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/figs-go/01.md | 2 +- translate/figs-hendiadys/01.md | 6 ++--- translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md | 18 +++++++-------- translate/figs-hypo/01.md | 6 ++--- translate/figs-imperative/01.md | 6 ++--- translate/figs-informremind/01.md | 2 +- translate/figs-infostructure/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/figs-merism/01.md | 2 +- translate/figs-metaphor/01.md | 28 ++++++++++++------------ translate/figs-metonymy/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/figs-parables/01.md | 2 +- translate/figs-parallelism/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/figs-personification/01.md | 6 ++--- translate/figs-possession/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/figs-quotemarks/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md | 2 +- translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md | 8 +++---- translate/figs-rquestion/01.md | 8 +++---- translate/figs-synonparallelism/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/guidelines-authoritative/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/qualifications/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/resources-questions/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/translate-aim/01.md | 12 +++++----- translate/translate-bdistance/01.md | 8 +++---- translate/translate-bmoney/01.md | 8 +++---- translate/translate-bvolume/01.md | 14 ++++++------ translate/translate-bweight/01.md | 10 ++++----- translate/translate-decimal/01.md | 2 +- translate/translate-fraction/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/translate-names/01.md | 8 +++---- translate/translate-numbers/01.md | 12 +++++----- translate/translate-ordinal/01.md | 2 +- translate/translate-symaction/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/translate-textvariants/01.md | 2 +- translate/translate-transliterate/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/translate-versebridge/01.md | 2 +- translate/writing-endofstory/01.md | 10 ++++----- translate/writing-intro/01.md | 2 +- translate/writing-newevent/01.md | 6 ++--- translate/writing-participants/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/writing-poetry/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/writing-pronouns/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/writing-quotations/01.md | 2 +- translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md | 2 +- 57 files changed, 162 insertions(+), 162 deletions(-) diff --git a/checking/authority-level2/01.md b/checking/authority-level2/01.md index f21d0a4..d0c5723 100644 --- a/checking/authority-level2/01.md +++ b/checking/authority-level2/01.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The intent of this level is two-fold: 1. to affirm the effectiveness of the form of the language used in the translation, as determined by representatives of the language community -2. to affirm the accuracy of the translation, as determined by pastors or leaders from the local churches that will use it +1. to affirm the accuracy of the translation, as determined by pastors or leaders from the local churches that will use it At this level, the model implements the concept of a "testimony of two or three witnesses" in the checking process. @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ To achieve this level, the translation team will submit the translation to membe The translation team will then submit the translation to church leaders from the language community that will use the translation. These church leaders will review the translation for **accuracy** by checking it against the source texts, the exegetical resources, the [Statement of Faith](../../intro/statement-of-faith/01.md), and the [Translation Guidelines](../../intro/translation-guidelines/01.md). -The translation team will edit the translation based on these reviews so that the language community affirms that it is natural and clear, and so that the church leaders affirm that it is accurate. \ No newline at end of file +The translation team will edit the translation based on these reviews so that the language community affirms that it is natural and clear, and so that the church leaders affirm that it is accurate. diff --git a/checking/language-community-check/01.md b/checking/language-community-check/01.md index 878a18f..206ddbf 100644 --- a/checking/language-community-check/01.md +++ b/checking/language-community-check/01.md @@ -11,17 +11,17 @@ To use these questions, follow these steps: 1. Read the passage of the translation to one or more members of the language community who will answer the questions. These members of the language community must be people who have not been involved in the translation before. In other words, the community members who are asked the questions should not already know the answers to the questions from working on the translation or from previous knowledge of the Bible. We want them to be able to answer the questions only from hearing or reading the translation of the story or Bible passage. This is how we will know if the translation is communicating clearly or not. For this same reason, it is important that the community members not look at a Bible while they are answering these questions. -2. Ask the community members some of the questions for that passage, one question at a time. It is not necessary to use all of the questions for each story or chapter if it seems that the community members are understanding the translation well. +1. Ask the community members some of the questions for that passage, one question at a time. It is not necessary to use all of the questions for each story or chapter if it seems that the community members are understanding the translation well. -3. After each question, a member of the language community will answer the question. If the person only answers with a "yes" or a "no," then the questioner should ask a further question so that he can be sure that the translation is communicating well. A further question could be something like, "How do you know that?" or "What part of the translation tells you that?" +1. After each question, a member of the language community will answer the question. If the person only answers with a "yes" or a "no," then the questioner should ask a further question so that he can be sure that the translation is communicating well. A further question could be something like, "How do you know that?" or "What part of the translation tells you that?" -4. Write down the answer that the person gives. If the person's answer is similar to the suggested answer that has been provided for the question, then the translation of the story is clearly communicating the right information at that point. The answer does not have to be exactly the same as the suggested answer to be a right answer, but it should give basically the same information. Sometimes the suggested answer is very long. If the person answers with only part of the suggested answer, that is also a right answer. +1. Write down the answer that the person gives. If the person's answer is similar to the suggested answer that has been provided for the question, then the translation of the story is clearly communicating the right information at that point. The answer does not have to be exactly the same as the suggested answer to be a right answer, but it should give basically the same information. Sometimes the suggested answer is very long. If the person answers with only part of the suggested answer, that is also a right answer. -5. If the answer is unexpected or very different than the suggested answer, or if the person cannot answer the question, then the translation team will need to revise the part of the translation that communicates that information so that it communicates the information more clearly. +1. If the answer is unexpected or very different than the suggested answer, or if the person cannot answer the question, then the translation team will need to revise the part of the translation that communicates that information so that it communicates the information more clearly. -6. After the translation team has revised the translation of the passage, then ask other members of the language community the same questions, that is, ask other speakers of the language who have not been involved in checking the same passage before. If they answer the questions correctly, then the translation is now communicating well. +1. After the translation team has revised the translation of the passage, then ask other members of the language community the same questions, that is, ask other speakers of the language who have not been involved in checking the same passage before. If they answer the questions correctly, then the translation is now communicating well. -7. Repeat this process with each story or Bible chapter until members of the language community can answer the questions well, showing that the translation is communicating the right information clearly. The translation is ready for the church check of level 2 when language community members who have not heard the translation before can answer the questions correctly. +1. Repeat this process with each story or Bible chapter until members of the language community can answer the questions well, showing that the translation is communicating the right information clearly. The translation is ready for the church check of level 2 when language community members who have not heard the translation before can answer the questions correctly. -8. Go to the Community Evaluation page and answer the questions there. (see [Language Community Evaluation Questions](../community-evaluation/01.md)) +1. Go to the Community Evaluation page and answer the questions there. (see [Language Community Evaluation Questions](../community-evaluation/01.md)) diff --git a/translate/figs-123person/01.md b/translate/figs-123person/01.md index e715089..dd47cea 100644 --- a/translate/figs-123person/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-123person/01.md @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ After saying "each of you," Jesus used the third person "his" instead of "your." If using the third person to mean "I" or "you" would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here are some other options. 1. Use the third person phrase along with the pronoun "I" or "you." -2. Simply use the first person ("I") or second person ("you") instead of the third person. +1. Simply use the first person ("I") or second person ("you") instead of the third person. ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ If using the third person to mean "I" or "you" would be natural and give the rig * **But David said to Saul, "Your servant used to keep his father's sheep."** (1 Samuel 17:34) * But David said to Saul, "I, your servant, used to keep my father's sheep." -2. Simply use the first person ("I") or second person ("you") instead of the third person. +1. Simply use the first person ("I") or second person ("you") instead of the third person. * **Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said, "… Do you have an arm like God's? Can you thunder with a voice like him?** (Job 40:6, 9 ULB) * Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said, "… Do you have an arm like mine? Can you thunder with a voice like me?" diff --git a/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md b/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md index f7781a3..09b6b08 100644 --- a/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md @@ -64,13 +64,13 @@ If you decide that it is better to translate without a passive form, here are so * **A loaf of bread was given him every day from the street of the bakers.** (Jeremiah 37:21 ULB) * The king's servants gave Jeremiah a loaf of bread every day from the street of the bakers. -2. Use the same verb in an active sentence, and do not tell  who did the action. Instead, use a generic expression like "they" or  "people" or  "someone."  +1. Use the same verb in an active sentence, and do not tell  who did the action. Instead, use a generic expression like "they" or  "people" or  "someone."  * **It would be better for him if a millstone were put around his neck and he were thrown into the sea.** (Luke 17:2 ULB) * It would be better for him if they were to put a millstone around his neck and throw him into the sea. * It would be better for him if someone were to put a heavy stone around his neck and throw him into the sea. -3. Use a different verb in an active sentence.  +1. Use a different verb in an active sentence.  * **A loaf of bread was given him every day from the street of the bakers.** (Jeremiah 37:21 ULB) * He received a loaf of bread every day from the street of the bakers. diff --git a/translate/figs-declarative/01.md b/translate/figs-declarative/01.md index 11982f2..c76c2bb 100644 --- a/translate/figs-declarative/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-declarative/01.md @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ By telling a man that his sins were forgiven, Jesus forgave the man's sins. * **She will give birth to a son, and you will call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins.** (Matthew 1:21 ULB) The phrase "you will call his name Jesus" is an instruction. It can be translated using the sentence type of a normal instruction. * She will give birth to a son. Name him Jesus, because he will save his people from their sins. -2. If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, add a sentence type that would express that function. +1. If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, add a sentence type that would express that function. * **Lord, if you are willing, you can make me clean.** (Matthew 8:2 ULB) The function of "you can make me clean" is to make a request. In addition to the statement, a request can be added. * Lord, if you are willing, you can make me clean. Please do so. * Lord, if you are willing, please make me clean. I know you can do so. -3. If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, use a verb form that would express that function. +1. If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, use a verb form that would express that function. * **She will give birth to a son, and you will call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins.** (Matthew 1:21 ULB) * She will give birth to a son, and you must call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins. diff --git a/translate/figs-distinguish/01.md b/translate/figs-distinguish/01.md index 2ca9e1c..3bba1d6 100644 --- a/translate/figs-distinguish/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-distinguish/01.md @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ If people would understand the purpose of a phrase with a noun, then consider ke * **I will call on Yahweh, who is worthy to be praised** (2 Samuel 22:4 ULB) - There is only one Yahweh. The phrase "who is worthy to be praised" gives a reason for calling on Yahweh. * I will call on Yahweh, because he is worthy to be praised -2. Use one of your language's ways for expressing that this is just added information. +1. Use one of your language's ways for expressing that this is just added information. * **You are my Son, whom I love. I am pleased with you.** (Luke 3:22 ULB) * You are my Son. I love you and I am pleased with you. diff --git a/translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md b/translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md index cc23188..21d5594 100644 --- a/translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ If double negatives are natural and are used to express the positive in your lan * **... so that they may not be unfruitful.** (Titus 3:14 ULB) * "... so that they may be fruitful." -2. If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a strong positive statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove the two negatives and put in a strengthening word or phrase such as "very" or "surely." +1. If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a strong positive statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove the two negatives and put in a strengthening word or phrase such as "very" or "surely." * **Be sure of this—wicked people will not go unpunished ...** (Proverbs 11:21 ULB) * "Be sure of this—wicked people will certainly be punished ..." diff --git a/translate/figs-doublet/01.md b/translate/figs-doublet/01.md index d0bf5c4..777b3f8 100644 --- a/translate/figs-doublet/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-doublet/01.md @@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ If a doublet would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consi * **You have decided to prepare false and deceptive words** (Daniel 2:9 ULB) * "You have decided to prepare false things to say." -2. If the doublet is used to intensify the meaning, translate one of the words and add a word that intensifies it such as "very" or "great" or "many." +1. If the doublet is used to intensify the meaning, translate one of the words and add a word that intensifies it such as "very" or "great" or "many." * **King David was old and advanced in years.** (1 Kings 1:1 ULB) * "King David was very old." -3. If the doublet is used to intensify or emphasize the meaning, use one of your language's ways of doing that. +1. If the doublet is used to intensify or emphasize the meaning, use one of your language's ways of doing that. * **... a lamb without blemish and without spot...** (1 Peter 1:19 ULB) - English can emphasize this with "any" and "at all." * " ... a lamb without any blemish at all ..." diff --git a/translate/figs-events/01.md b/translate/figs-events/01.md index 36a4524..2aa7ed0 100644 --- a/translate/figs-events/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-events/01.md @@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ This sounds like a person must first open the scroll and then break its seals, b * **Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals?** (Revelation 5:2 ULB) * Who is worthy to open the scroll after breaking its seals? -2. If your language uses verb tense or aspect to show that an event happened before one that was already mentioned, consider using that. +1. If your language uses verb tense or aspect to show that an event happened before one that was already mentioned, consider using that. * **8 Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams' horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets...10 But Joshua commanded the people, saying, "Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout."** (Joshua 6:8-10 ULB) * 8 Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets...10 But Joshua had commanded the people, saying, "Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout. -3. If your language prefers to tell events in the order that they occur, consider reordering the events. This may require putting two or more verses together (like 5-6). +1. If your language prefers to tell events in the order that they occur, consider reordering the events. This may require putting two or more verses together (like 5-6). * **8 Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets...10 But Joshua commanded the people, saying, "Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout."** (Joshua 6:8-10 ULB) * 8-10 Joshua commanded the people, saying, "Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout." Then just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets ... @@ -50,4 +50,4 @@ This sounds like a person must first open the scroll and then break its seals, b * Who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll? -You may also want to watch the video at http://ufw.io/figs_events. \ No newline at end of file +You may also want to watch the video at http://ufw.io/figs_events. diff --git a/translate/figs-exclamations/01.md b/translate/figs-exclamations/01.md index 4ebb32b..c239ec7 100644 --- a/translate/figs-exclamations/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-exclamations/01.md @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Some exclamations in the Bible do not have a main verb. The exclamation below sh 1. Use an exclamation word from your language that shows the strong feeling. 1. Translate the exclamation word with a sentence that shows the feeling. 1. Use a word that emphasizes the part of the sentence that brings about the strong feeling. -2. If the strong feeling is not clear in the target language, then tell how the person felt. +1. If the strong feeling is not clear in the target language, then tell how the person felt. ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Some exclamations in the Bible do not have a main verb. The exclamation below sh * **Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God!** (Romans 11:33 ULB) * "Oh, the riches of the wisdom and the knowledge of God are so deep!" -2. Use an exclamation word from your language that shows the strong feeling. The word "wow" below shows that they were astonished. The expression "Oh no" shows that something terrible or frightening has happened. +1. Use an exclamation word from your language that shows the strong feeling. The word "wow" below shows that they were astonished. The expression "Oh no" shows that something terrible or frightening has happened. * **They were absolutely astonished, saying, "He has done everything well. He even makes the deaf to hear and the mute to speak."** (Mark 7:36 ULB) * "They were absolutely astonished, saying, "Wow! He has done everything well. He even makes the deaf to hear and the mute to speak." " @@ -55,18 +55,18 @@ Some exclamations in the Bible do not have a main verb. The exclamation below sh * **Ah, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!** (Judges 6:22 ULB) * "__Oh no__, Lord Yahweh! I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!" -3. Translate the exclamation word with a sentence that shows the feeling. +1. Translate the exclamation word with a sentence that shows the feeling. * **Ah, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!** (Judges 6:22 ULB) * Lord Yahweh, what will happen to me? For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!" * Help, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face! -4. Use a word that emphasizes the part of the sentence that brings about the strong feeling. +1. Use a word that emphasizes the part of the sentence that brings about the strong feeling. * **How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering!** (Romans 11:33 ULB) * "His judgements are so unsearchable and his ways are far beyond discovering!" -5. If the strong feeling is not clear in the target language, then tell how the person felt. +1. If the strong feeling is not clear in the target language, then tell how the person felt. * **Gideon understood that this was the angel of Yahweh. Gideon said, "Ah, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!"** (Judges 6:22 ULB) * "Gideon understood that this was the angel of Yahweh. He was terrified and said, "Ah, Lord Yahweh! I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!" (Judges 6:22 ULB) diff --git a/translate/figs-explicit/01.md b/translate/figs-explicit/01.md index 7f7e898..679aae2 100644 --- a/translate/figs-explicit/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-explicit/01.md @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ If readers have enough assumed knowledge to be able to understand the message, a * Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? For they do not go through the ceremonial handwashing ritual of righteousness when they eat. -2. If readers cannot understand the message because they do not know certain implicit information, then state that information clearly, but try to do it in a way that does not imply that the information was new to the original audience. +1. If readers cannot understand the message because they do not know certain implicit information, then state that information clearly, but try to do it in a way that does not imply that the information was new to the original audience. * **Then a scribe came to him and said, "Teacher, I will follow you wherever you go." Jesus said to him, "Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky have nests, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head."** (Matthew 8:19, 20 ULB) - Implicit information is that Jesus himself is the Son of Man. Other implicit information is that if the scribe wanted to follow Jesus, he would have to live like Jesus without a house. @@ -70,4 +70,4 @@ If readers have enough assumed knowledge to be able to understand the message, a * At the day of judgment, God will punish Tyre and Sidon, cities whose people were very wicked, less severely than he will punish you * At the day of judgment, God will punish you more severely than Tyre and Sidon, cities whose people were very wicked. -Modern readers may not know some of the things that the people in the Bible and the people who first read it knew. This can make it hard for them to understand what a speaker or writer says, and to learn things that the speaker left implicit. Translators may need to state some things explicitly in the translation that the original speaker or writer left unstated or implicit. \ No newline at end of file +Modern readers may not know some of the things that the people in the Bible and the people who first read it knew. This can make it hard for them to understand what a speaker or writer says, and to learn things that the speaker left implicit. Translators may need to state some things explicitly in the translation that the original speaker or writer left unstated or implicit. diff --git a/translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md b/translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md index 97e1d71..99e342f 100644 --- a/translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ In the biblical languages, it was normal to introduce direct speech with two ver * There would be no change to the text using this strategy, so no examples are given here. -2. If the explicit information does not sound natural in the target language or seems unnecessary or confusing, leave the explicit information implicit. Only do this if the reader can understand this information from the context. You can test this by asking the reader a question about the passage. +1. If the explicit information does not sound natural in the target language or seems unnecessary or confusing, leave the explicit information implicit. Only do this if the reader can understand this information from the context. You can test this by asking the reader a question about the passage. * **And Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower to burn it with fire.** (Judges 9:52 ESV) * Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower to burn it. Or …to set it on fire. @@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ In English, it is clear that the action of this verse follows the action of the * **The centurion answered and said, "Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof…”** (Matthew 8:8 ULB) * The centurion answered, "Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof…” -In English, the information that the centurion answered by speaking is included in the verb “answered,” so the verb “said” can be left implicit. You can test if the readers understood the implicit information by asking, “How did the centurion answer?” If they knew it was by speaking, then they have understood the implicit information. \ No newline at end of file +In English, the information that the centurion answered by speaking is included in the verb “answered,” so the verb “said” can be left implicit. You can test if the readers understood the implicit information by asking, “How did the centurion answer?” If they knew it was by speaking, then they have understood the implicit information. diff --git a/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md b/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md index bbb6eb1..49062b6 100644 --- a/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md @@ -48,12 +48,12 @@ If people would understand that that masculine words like "man," "brother," and * "The wise person dies just like the fool dies." * "Wise people die just like fools die." -2. Use a word that refers to men and a word that refers to women. +1. Use a word that refers to men and a word that refers to women. * **For we do not want you to be ignorant, brothers, about the troubles we had in Asia.** (2 Corinthians 1:8) - Paul was writing this letter to both men and women. * "For we do not want you to be ignorant, brothers and sisters, about the troubles we had in Asia." (2 Corinthians 1:8) -3. Use pronouns that can be used for both men and women. +1. Use pronouns that can be used for both men and women. * **If anyone wants to follow me, he must deny himself, take up his cross, and follow me."** (Matthew 16:24 ULB) - English speakers can change the masculine singular pronouns, "he," "himself," and "his" to plural pronouns that do not mark gender, "they," "themselves," and "their" in order to show that it applies to all people, not just men. * "If people want to follow me, they must deny themselves, take up their cross, and follow me." diff --git a/translate/figs-go/01.md b/translate/figs-go/01.md index b9ea4df..4217c26 100644 --- a/translate/figs-go/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-go/01.md @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ If the word used in the ULB would be natural and give the right meaning in your * **Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not go out in public for five months.** (Luke 1:24 UDB) * Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not come out in public for five months. -2. Use another word that expresses the right meaning. +1. Use another word that expresses the right meaning. * **When you have come to the land that Yahweh your God gives you, and when you take possession of it and begin to live in it ...** (Deuteronomy 17:14 ULB) * "When you have arrived in the land that Yahweh your God gives you, and when you take possession of it and begin to live in it ..." diff --git a/translate/figs-hendiadys/01.md b/translate/figs-hendiadys/01.md index 3a205b5..104578b 100644 --- a/translate/figs-hendiadys/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-hendiadys/01.md @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ If the hendiadys would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, c * **that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to his own kingdom and glory.** (1 Thessalonians 2:12 ULB) * that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to his own glorious kingdom. -2. Substitute the describing noun with a phrase that means the same thing. +1. Substitute the describing noun with a phrase that means the same thing. * **for I will give you words and wisdom.** (Luke 21:15 ULB) * for I will give you words of wisdom. @@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ If the hendiadys would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, c * **that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to his own kingdom and glory.** (1 Thessalonians 2:12 ULB) * that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to his own kingdom of glory. -3. Substitute the describing adjective with an adverb that means the same thing. +1. Substitute the describing adjective with an adverb that means the same thing. * **if you are willing and obedient** (Isaiah 1:19 ULB) * if you are willingly obedient -4. Substitute other parts of speech that mean the same thing and show that one word describes the other. +1. Substitute other parts of speech that mean the same thing and show that one word describes the other. * **if you are, willing and obedient** (Isaiah 1:19 ULB) - The adjective "obedient" can be substituted with the verb "obey." * if you obey willingly diff --git a/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md b/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md index 3e2a370..30f7595 100644 --- a/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ A speaker or writer can use exactly the same words to say something he means as * It rains here every night. 1. The speaker means this as literally true if he means that it really does rain here every night. -2. The speaker means this as a generalization if he means that it rains here most nights. -3. The speaker means this as a hyperbole if he wants to say it rains more than it actually does, usually in order to express a strong attitude toward the amount of rain, such as being annoyed or being happy. +1. The speaker means this as a generalization if he means that it rains here most nights. +1. The speaker means this as a hyperbole if he wants to say it rains more than it actually does, usually in order to express a strong attitude toward the amount of rain, such as being annoyed or being happy. **Hyperbole**: This is a figure of speech that uses **exaggeration**. A speaker deliberately describes something by an extreme or even unreal statement, usually to show his strong feeling or opinion about it. He expects people to understand that he is exaggerating. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Even though a generalization may have a strong-sounding word like "all," "always #### Reason this is a translation issue 1. Readers need to be able to understand whether or not a statement is completely true. -2. If readers realize that a statement is not completely true, they need to be able to understand whether it is a hyperbole, a generalization, or a lie. (Though the Bible is completely true, it tells about people who did not always tell the truth.) +1. If readers realize that a statement is not completely true, they need to be able to understand whether it is a hyperbole, a generalization, or a lie. (Though the Bible is completely true, it tells about people who did not always tell the truth.) ### Examples from the Bible @@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ Yahweh is always righteous. This is a completely true statement. If the exaggeration or generalization would be natural and people would understand it and not think that it is a lie, consider using it. If not, here are other options. 1. Express the meaning without the exaggeration. -2. For a generalization, show that it is a generalization by using a phrase like "in general" or "in most cases." -3. For a generalization, add a word like "most" or "almost" to show that the generalization is not exact. -3. For a generalization that has a word like "all," always," "none," or "never," consider deleting that word. +1. For a generalization, show that it is a generalization by using a phrase like "in general" or "in most cases." +1. For a generalization, add a word like "most" or "almost" to show that the generalization is not exact. +1. For a generalization that has a word like "all," always," "none," or "never," consider deleting that word. ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied @@ -92,20 +92,20 @@ If the exaggeration or generalization would be natural and people would understa * **The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: thirty thousand chariots, six thousand men to drive the chariots, and troops as numerous as the sand on the seashore.** (1 Samuel 13:5 ULB) * The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: thirty thousand chariots, six thousand men to drive the chariots, and a great number of troops. -2. For a generalization, show that it is a generalization by using a phrase like "in general" or "in most cases." +1. For a generalization, show that it is a generalization by using a phrase like "in general" or "in most cases." * **The one who ignores instruction will have poverty and shame ...** (Proverbs 13:18 ULB) * In general, the one who ignores instruction will have poverty and shame * **And when you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the Gentiles do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words.** (Matthew 6:7) * "And when you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the Gentiles generally do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words." -3. For a generalization, add a word like "most" or "almost" to show that the generalization is not exact.  +1. For a generalization, add a word like "most" or "almost" to show that the generalization is not exact.  * **The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem went out to him.** (Mark 1:5 ULB) * Almost all the country of Judea and almost all the people of Jerusalem went out to him." * Most of the country of Judea and most of the people of Jerusalem went out to him." -4. For a generalization that has a word like "all," always," "none," or "never," consider deleting that word. +1. For a generalization that has a word like "all," always," "none," or "never," consider deleting that word. * **The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem went out to him.** (Mark 1:5 ULB) * The country of Judea and the people of Jerusalem went out to him. diff --git a/translate/figs-hypo/01.md b/translate/figs-hypo/01.md index dcec2df..f6cb8f7 100644 --- a/translate/figs-hypo/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-hypo/01.md @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Here in Matthew 11:21 Jesus said that if the people living in the ancient Martha said this to express her wish that Jesus had come sooner. But Jesus did not come sooner, and her brother did die. -2. Hypothetical situations in the present +1. Hypothetical situations in the present > Also, no man puts new wine into old wineskins. If he did that, the new wine would burst the skins, and the wine would be spilled, and the wineskins would be destroyed. (Luke 5:37 ULB) @@ -54,14 +54,14 @@ Jesus told about what would happen if a person were to put new wine into old win Jesus asked the religious leaders what they would do on the Sabbath if one of their sheep fell into a hole. He was not saying that their sheep would fall into a hole. He used this imaginary situation to show them that they were wrong to judge him for healing people on the Sabbath. -3. Hypothetical situation in the future +1. Hypothetical situation in the future > Unless those days are shortened, no flesh would be saved; but for the sake of the elect, those days will be shortened. (Matthew 24:22 ULB) Jesus was talking about a future time when very bad things would happen. He told what would happen if those days of trouble were to last a long time. He did this to show about how bad those days will be - so bad that if they lasted a long time, no one would be saved. But then he clarified that God will shorten those days of trouble, so that the elect (those he has chosen) will be saved. -4. Expressing emotion about a hypothetical situation +1. Expressing emotion about a hypothetical situation Regrets and wishes are very similar. >The Israelites said to them, "If only we had died by Yahweh's hand in the land of Egypt when we were sitting by the pots of meat and were eating bread to the full. For you have brought us out into this wilderness to kill our whole community with hunger." (Exodus 16:3 ULB) diff --git a/translate/figs-imperative/01.md b/translate/figs-imperative/01.md index 12058ad..fdfe995 100644 --- a/translate/figs-imperative/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-imperative/01.md @@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ The purpose of Proverbs 22:6 below is teach what people can expect to happen if * **God blessed them and said to them, "Be fruitful, and multiply. Fill the earth, and subdue it. Have dominion over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the sky, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth."** (Genesis 1:3 ULB) * God blessed them and said to them, "My will for you is that you be fruitful, and multiply. Fill the earth, and subdue it. I want you to have dominion over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the sky, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth." -2. If people would not understand that a sentence is used to cause something to happen, add a connecting word like "so" to show that what happened was a result of what was said. +1. If people would not understand that a sentence is used to cause something to happen, add a connecting word like "so" to show that what happened was a result of what was said. * **God said, "Let there be light," and there was light.** (Genesis 1:3 ULB) * God said, 'Let there be light,' so there was light. * God said, "Light must be;" as a result, there was light. -3. If people would not use a command as a condition, translate it as a statement with the words "if" and "then." +1. If people would not use a command as a condition, translate it as a statement with the words "if" and "then." >**Teach a child the way he should go,** >**and when he is old he will not turn away from that instruction.** (Proverbs 22:6 ULB) Translated as: >"If you teach a child the way he should go, ->then when he is old he will not turn away from that instruction." \ No newline at end of file +>then when he is old he will not turn away from that instruction." diff --git a/translate/figs-informremind/01.md b/translate/figs-informremind/01.md index 48b74b0..dcc8718 100644 --- a/translate/figs-informremind/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-informremind/01.md @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ If people would understand the purpose of a phrase with a noun, then consider ke * **I will call on Yahweh, who is worthy to be praised ...** (2 Samuel 22:4 ULB) - There is only one Yahweh. The phrase "who is worthy to be praised" gives a reason for calling on Yahweh. * "I will call on Yahweh, because he is worthy to be praised" -2. Use one of your language's ways for expressing information in a weak way. +1. Use one of your language's ways for expressing information in a weak way. * **The name of the third river is Tigris, which flows east of Asshur.** (Genesis 2:14 ULB) * "The name of the third river is Tigris. It flows east of Asshur. diff --git a/translate/figs-infostructure/01.md b/translate/figs-infostructure/01.md index 99cebd0..179f28c 100644 --- a/translate/figs-infostructure/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-infostructure/01.md @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ In this verse, the most important part of the information is first - that "woe" ### Translation Strategies 1. Study how your language arranges the parts of a sentence, and use that order in your translation. -2. Study where your language puts the new or important information, and rearrange the order of information so that it follows the way it is done in your language. +1. Study where your language puts the new or important information, and rearrange the order of information so that it follows the way it is done in your language. ### Translation Strategies Applied @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ In this verse, the most important part of the information is first - that "woe" This is the verse in the original Greek order. The ULB has put this into the normal order for English: > And he went out from there and came into his hometown, and his disciples followed him. (Mark 6:1 ULB) -2. Study where your language puts the new or important information, and rearrange the order of information so that it follows the way it is done in your language. +1. Study where your language puts the new or important information, and rearrange the order of information so that it follows the way it is done in your language. >Now the day was about to come to an end, and the twelve came to him and said, "Send the crowd away that they may go into the surrounding villages and countryside to find lodging and food, because we are here in an isolated place." (Luke 9:12 ULB) diff --git a/translate/figs-merism/01.md b/translate/figs-merism/01.md index 8a9e449..da67717 100644 --- a/translate/figs-merism/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-merism/01.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ If the merism would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, cons * **From the rising of the sun to its setting, Yahweh's name should be praised.** (Psalm 113:3 ULB) * In all places, people should praise Yahweh's name. -2. Identify what the merism refers to and include the parts. +1. Identify what the merism refers to and include the parts. * **I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth.** (Matthew 11:25 ULB) * I praise you, Father, Lord of everything, including both what is in heaven and what is on earth. diff --git a/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md b/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md index 59eab82..465ec75 100644 --- a/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md @@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ If people would understand the metaphor in the same way that the original reader If people do not or would not understand it, here are some other strategies. 1. If the metaphor is a common expression of a patterned pair of concepts in a biblical language, express the main idea in the simplest way preferred by your language. (See [Biblical Imagery - Common Patterns](../bita-part1/01.md) for lists of some of these patterned pairs of concepts.) -2. If the metaphor seems to be a "live" metaphor, you can translate it literally if you think that the target language also uses this metaphor. If you do this, be sure to test it to make sure that the language community understands it correctly. -3. If the target audience does not realize that it is a metaphor, then change the metaphor to a simile. Some languages do this by adding words such as "like" or "as." See [Simile](../figs-simile/01.md). -4. If the target audience would not know the image, see [Translate Unknowns](../translate-unknown/01.md) for ideas on how to translate that image. -5. If the target audience would not use that image for that meaning, use an image from your own culture instead. Be sure that it is an image that could have been possible in Bible times. -6. If the target audience would not know what the topic is, then state the topic clearly. (However, do not do this if the original audience did not know what the topic was.) -7. If the target audience will not know the intended points of comparison between the image and topic, then state them clearly. -8. If none of these strategies is satisfactory, then simply state the idea plainly without using a metaphor. +1. If the metaphor seems to be a "live" metaphor, you can translate it literally if you think that the target language also uses this metaphor. If you do this, be sure to test it to make sure that the language community understands it correctly. +1. If the target audience does not realize that it is a metaphor, then change the metaphor to a simile. Some languages do this by adding words such as "like" or "as." See [Simile](../figs-simile/01.md). +1. If the target audience would not know the image, see [Translate Unknowns](../translate-unknown/01.md) for ideas on how to translate that image. +1. If the target audience would not use that image for that meaning, use an image from your own culture instead. Be sure that it is an image that could have been possible in Bible times. +1. If the target audience would not know what the topic is, then state the topic clearly. (However, do not do this if the original audience did not know what the topic was.) +1. If the target audience will not know the intended points of comparison between the image and topic, then state them clearly. +1. If none of these strategies is satisfactory, then simply state the idea plainly without using a metaphor. ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied @@ -134,35 +134,35 @@ If people do not or would not understand it, here are some other strategies. * **Then one of the leaders of the synagogue, named Jairus, came, and when he saw him, fell at his feet.** (Mark 5:22 ULB) * Then one of the leaders of the synagogue, named Jairus, came, and when he saw him, immediately bowed down in front of him. -2. If the metaphor seems to be a "live" metaphor, you can translate it literally if you think that the target language also uses this metaphor. If you do this, be sure to test it to make sure that the language community understands it correctly. +1. If the metaphor seems to be a "live" metaphor, you can translate it literally if you think that the target language also uses this metaphor. If you do this, be sure to test it to make sure that the language community understands it correctly. * **It was because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law,** (Mark 10:5 ULB) * It was because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law, There is no change to this one - but it must be tested to make sure that the target audience correctly understands this metaphor. -3. If the target audience does not realize that it is a metaphor, then change the metaphor to a simile. Some languages do this by adding words such as "like" or "as." +1. If the target audience does not realize that it is a metaphor, then change the metaphor to a simile. Some languages do this by adding words such as "like" or "as." * **And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the clay. You are our potter; and we all are the work of your hand.** (Isaiah 64:8 ULB) * And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are like clay. You are like a potter; and we all are the work of your hand. -4. If the target audience would not know the **image**, see [Translate Unknowns](../translate-unknown/01.md) for ideas on how to translate that image. +1. If the target audience would not know the **image**, see [Translate Unknowns](../translate-unknown/01.md) for ideas on how to translate that image. * **Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick a goad.** (Acts 26:14 ULB) * Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick against a pointed stick. -5. If the target audience would not use that **image** for that meaning, use an image from your own culture instead. Be sure that it is an image that could have been possible in Bible times. +1. If the target audience would not use that **image** for that meaning, use an image from your own culture instead. Be sure that it is an image that could have been possible in Bible times. * **And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the clay. You are our potter; and we all are the work of your hand.** (Isaiah 64:8 ULB) * "And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the wood. You are our carver; and we all are the work of your hand." * "And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the string. You are the weaver; and we all are the work of your hand." -6. If the target audience would not know what the **topic** is, then state the topic clearly. (However, do not do this if the original audience did not know what the topic was.) +1. If the target audience would not know what the **topic** is, then state the topic clearly. (However, do not do this if the original audience did not know what the topic was.) * **Yahweh lives; may my rock be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted.** (Psalm 18:46 ULB) * Yahweh lives; He is my rock. May he be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted. -7. If the target audience will not know the intended points of comparison between the image and the topic, then state them clearly. +1. If the target audience will not know the intended points of comparison between the image and the topic, then state them clearly. * **Yahweh lives; may my rock be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted.** (Psalm 18:46 ULB) * Yahweh lives; may he be praised because he is the rock under which I can hide from my enemies. May the God of my salvation be exalted. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ There is no change to this one - but it must be tested to make sure that the tar * **Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick a goad.** (Acts 26:14 ULB) * Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? You fight against me and hurt yourself like an ox that kicks against its owner's pointed stick. -8. If none of these strategies are satisfactory, then simply state the idea plainly without using a metaphor. +1. If none of these strategies are satisfactory, then simply state the idea plainly without using a metaphor. * **I will make you become fishers of men.** (Mark 1:17 ULB) * I will make you become people who gather men. diff --git a/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md b/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md index 3216214..b610ebd 100644 --- a/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md @@ -40,12 +40,12 @@ If people would easily understand the metonym, consider using it. Otherwise, her ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied -2. Use the metonym along with the name of the thing it represents. +1. Use the metonym along with the name of the thing it represents. * **He took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, "This cup is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you.** (Luke 22:20 ULB) * "He took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, "The wine in this cup is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you." -2. Use the name of the thing the metonym represents. +1. Use the name of the thing the metonym represents. * **The Lord God will give him the throne of his father, David.** (Luke 1:32 ULB) * "The Lord God will give him the kingly authority of his father, David." diff --git a/translate/figs-parables/01.md b/translate/figs-parables/01.md index 5adfa2e..6a96bad 100644 --- a/translate/figs-parables/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-parables/01.md @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ This parable teaches that the kingdom of God may seem small at first, but it wil * **Then Jesus presented another parable to them. He said, "The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and sowed in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches."** (Matthew 13:31-32 ULB) - To sow seeds means to toss them so that they scatter on the ground. If people are not familiar with sowing, you can substitute planting. * Then Jesus presented another parable to them. He said, "The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and planted in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches." -2. If the teaching of the parable is unclear, consider telling a little about what it teaches in the introduction, such as "Jesus told this story about being generous." +1. If the teaching of the parable is unclear, consider telling a little about what it teaches in the introduction, such as "Jesus told this story about being generous." * **Jesus said to them, "Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a lampstand"**. (Mark 4:21 ULB) * Jesus told them a parable about why they should witness openly. "Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a lampstand." (Mark 4:21 ULB) diff --git a/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md b/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md index 9cc00b9..74b179e 100644 --- a/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md @@ -83,12 +83,12 @@ For most kinds of parallelism, it is good to translate both of the clauses or ph * **For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, and he will fight in court against Israel.** (Micah 6:2 ULB) - This parallelism describes one serious disagreement that Yahweh had with one group of people. If this is unclear, the phrases can be combined: * "For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, Israel." -2. If it appears that the clauses are used together to show that what they say is really true, you could include words that emphasize the truth such as "truly" or "certainly." +1. If it appears that the clauses are used together to show that what they say is really true, you could include words that emphasize the truth such as "truly" or "certainly." * **Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULB) * "Yahweh truly sees everything a person does." -3. If it appears that the clauses are used together to intensify an idea in them, you could use words like "very," "completely" or "all." +1. If it appears that the clauses are used together to intensify an idea in them, you could use words like "very," "completely" or "all." * **you have deceived me and told me lies.** (Judges 16:13 ULB) * "All you have done is lie to me." diff --git a/translate/figs-personification/01.md b/translate/figs-personification/01.md index 2f2b29b..cabf258 100644 --- a/translate/figs-personification/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-personification/01.md @@ -45,16 +45,16 @@ If the personification would be understood clearly, consider using it. If it wou * ** ... sin crouches at the door** (Genesis 4:7 ULB) - God speaks of sin as a wild animal that is waiting for the chance to attack. This shows how dangerous sin is. An additional phrase can be added to make this danger clear. * ... sin is at your door, waiting to attack you -2. Use words such as "like" or "as" to show that the sentences is not to be understood literally. +1. Use words such as "like" or "as" to show that the sentences is not to be understood literally. * ** ... sin crouches at the door** (Genesis 4:7 ULB) - This can be translated with the word "as." * ... sin is crouching at the door, just as a wild animal does waiting to attack a person. -3. Find a way to translate it without the personification. +1. Find a way to translate it without the personification. * ** ... even the winds and the sea obey him** (Matthew 8:27 ULB) - The men speak of the "wind and the sea as if they are able to hear" and obey Jesus as people can. This could also be translated without the idea of obedience by speaking of Jesus controlling them. * He even controls the winds and the sea. -**Note**: We have broadened our definition of "personification" to include "zoomorphism" (speaking of other things as if they had animal characteristics) and "anthropomorphism" (speaking of non-human things as if they had human characteristics.) \ No newline at end of file +**Note**: We have broadened our definition of "personification" to include "zoomorphism" (speaking of other things as if they had animal characteristics) and "anthropomorphism" (speaking of non-human things as if they had human characteristics.) diff --git a/translate/figs-possession/01.md b/translate/figs-possession/01.md index 718e04c..068bb50 100644 --- a/translate/figs-possession/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-possession/01.md @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ If possession would be a natural way to show a particular relationship between t * **On their heads were something like crowns of gold** (Revelation 9:7) * "On their heads were **gold** crowns" -2. Use a verb to show how the two are related. In the example below, the added verb is in bold. +1. Use a verb to show how the two are related. In the example below, the added verb is in bold. * ** ... Whoever gives you a cup of water to drink ... will not lose his reward.** (Mark 9:41 ULB) * ... Whoever gives you a cup that **has** water in it to drink ... will not lose his reward. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ If possession would be a natural way to show a particular relationship between t * Wealth is worthless on the day when God **shows** his wrath. * Wealth is worthless on the day when God **punishes** people because of his wrath. -3. If one of the nouns refers to an event, translate it as a verb. In the example below, that verb is in bold. +1. If one of the nouns refers to an event, translate it as a verb. In the example below, that verb is in bold. * **Notice that I am not speaking to your children, who have not known or seen the punishment of Yahweh your God,** (Deuteronomy 11:2 ULB) * Notice that I am not speaking to your children who have not known or seen how Yahweh your God **punished** the people of Egypt. diff --git a/translate/figs-quotemarks/01.md b/translate/figs-quotemarks/01.md index 041f1ba..9f8cc18 100644 --- a/translate/figs-quotemarks/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-quotemarks/01.md @@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ Here are some ways you may be able to help readers see where each quote starts a >They said to him, "A man came to meet us who said to us, 'Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, "Yahweh says this: 'Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.' " ' " (2 Kings 1:6 ULB) -2. Translate one or some of the quotes as indirect quotes in order to use fewer quote marks, since indirect quotes do not need them. In English the word "that" can introduce an indirect quote. In the example below, everything after the word "that" is an indirect quote of what the messengers said to the king. Within that indirect quote, there are some direct quotes marked with " and '. +1. Translate one or some of the quotes as indirect quotes in order to use fewer quote marks, since indirect quotes do not need them. In English the word "that" can introduce an indirect quote. In the example below, everything after the word "that" is an indirect quote of what the messengers said to the king. Within that indirect quote, there are some direct quotes marked with " and '. >They said to him, "A man came to meet us who said to us, 'Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, "Yahweh says this: 'Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.' " ' " (2 Kings 1:6 ULB) * They told him that a man came to meet them who said to them, "Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, 'Yahweh says this: "Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die." ' " -3. If a quotation is very long and has many layers of quotation in it, indent the main overall quote, and use quote marks only for the direct quotes inside of it. +1. If a quotation is very long and has many layers of quotation in it, indent the main overall quote, and use quote marks only for the direct quotes inside of it. >They said to him, "A man came to meet us who said to us, 'Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, "Yahweh says this: 'Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.' " ' " (2 Kings 1:6 ULB) diff --git a/translate/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md b/translate/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md index 8253575..0435ab0 100644 --- a/translate/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Some languages use only direct quotes. Other languages use a combination of dire * **Festus presented Paul's case to the king; he said, "A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner. ...I was puzzled about how to investigate this matter, and I asked him if he would go to Jerusalem to be judged there about these things. But when Paul called to be kept under guard for the Emperor's decision, I ordered him to be kept until I send him to Caesar."** (Acts 25:14-21 ULB) * Festus presented Paul's case to the king; he said, "A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner. ...I was puzzled about how to investigate this matter, and I asked him, 'Will you go to Jerusalem to be judged there about these things?' But when Paul said, 'I want to be kept under guard for the Emperor's decision,' I told the guard, 'Keep him under guard until I send him to Caesar.'" -2. Translate one or some of the quotes as indirect quotes. In English the word "that" can come before indirect quotes. It is underlined in the examples below. The pronouns that changed because of the indirect quote are also underlined. +1. Translate one or some of the quotes as indirect quotes. In English the word "that" can come before indirect quotes. It is underlined in the examples below. The pronouns that changed because of the indirect quote are also underlined. * **Then Yahweh spoke to Moses and said, "I have heard the grumbling of the Israelites. Tell them, 'At twilight you will eat meat, and in the morning you will be filled with bread. Then you will know that I am Yahweh your God.' "** (Exodus 16:11-12 ULB) * Then Yahweh spoke to Moses and said, "I have heard the grumbling of the Israelites. Tell them that at twilight they will eat meat, and in the morning they will be filled with bread. Then they will know that I am Yahweh their God." diff --git a/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md b/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md index 76987a3..5841889 100644 --- a/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ If a reflexive pronoun would have the same function in your language, consider u * **Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many went up to Jerusalem out of the country before the Passover in order to purify themselves.** (John 11:55) * "Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many went up to Jerusalem out of the country before the Passover in order to self-purify." -2. In some languages people emphasize a certain person or thing by referring to it in a special place in the sentence. +1. In some languages people emphasize a certain person or thing by referring to it in a special place in the sentence. * **He himself took our sickness and bore our diseases.** (Matthew 8:17 ULB) * "It was he who took our sickness and bore our diseases." @@ -62,16 +62,16 @@ If a reflexive pronoun would have the same function in your language, consider u * **Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were.** (John 4:2) * "It was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples were." -3. In some languages people emphasize a certain person or thing by adding something to that word or putting another word with it. English adds the reflexive pronoun. +1. In some languages people emphasize a certain person or thing by adding something to that word or putting another word with it. English adds the reflexive pronoun. * **Now Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do.** (John 6:6) -4. In some languages people show that someone did something alone by using a word like "alone." +1. In some languages people show that someone did something alone by using a word like "alone." * **When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again up the mountain by himself.** (John 6:15) * "When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again alone up the mountain." -5. In some languages people show that something was alone by using a phrase that tells about where it was. +1. In some languages people show that something was alone by using a phrase that tells about where it was. * **He saw the linen cloths lying there and the cloth that had been on his head. It was not lying with the linen cloths but was rolled up in its place by itself.** (John 20:6-7 ULB) * "He saw the linen cloths lying there and the cloth that had been on his head. It was not lying with the linen cloths but was rolled up and lying in it's own place." diff --git a/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md b/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md index b01525a..a23d3e7 100644 --- a/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ If using the rhetorical question would be natural and give the right meaning in 1. Add the answer after the question. 1. Change the rhetorical question to a statement or exclamation. 1. Change the rhetorical question to a statement, and then follow it with a short question. -2. Change the form of the question so that it communicates in your langauge what the orignal speaker communicated in his. +1. Change the form of the question so that it communicates in your langauge what the orignal speaker communicated in his. ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ If using the rhetorical question would be natural and give the right meaning in * **Or what man among you is there who, if his son asks him for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone?** (Matthew 7:9 ULB) * Or what man among you is there who, if his son asks him for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? None of you would do that! -2. Change the rhetorical question to a statement or exclamation. +1. Change the rhetorical question to a statement or exclamation. * **What is the kingdom of God like, and what can I compare it to? It is like a mustard seed...** (Luke 13:18-19 ULB) * This is what the kingdom of God is like. It is like a mustard seed..." @@ -95,12 +95,12 @@ If using the rhetorical question would be natural and give the right meaning in * **And why has it happened to me that the mother of my Lord should come to me?** (Luke 1:43 ULB) * How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to me! -3. Change the rhetorical question to a statement, and then follow it with a short question. +1. Change the rhetorical question to a statement, and then follow it with a short question. * **Do you not still rule the kingdom of Israel?** (1 Kings 21:7 ULB) * You still rule the kingdom of Israel, do you not? -4. Change the form of the question so that it communicates in your langauge what the orignal speaker communicated in his. +1. Change the form of the question so that it communicates in your langauge what the orignal speaker communicated in his. * **Or what man among you is there who, if his son asks him for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone?** (Matthew 7:9 ULB) * If your son asks you for a loaf of bread, would you give him a stone? diff --git a/translate/figs-synonparallelism/01.md b/translate/figs-synonparallelism/01.md index 0cee37e..2465d6c 100644 --- a/translate/figs-synonparallelism/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-synonparallelism/01.md @@ -51,12 +51,12 @@ If your language uses parallelism in the same way as the biblical languages, tha * **For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, and he will fight in court against Israel.** (Micah 6:2 ULB) - This parallelism describes one serious disagreement that Yahweh had with one group of people. If this is unclear, the phrases can be combined: * For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, Israel. -2. If it appears that the clauses are used together to show that what they say is really true, you could include words that emphasize the truth such as "truly" or "certainly." +1. If it appears that the clauses are used together to show that what they say is really true, you could include words that emphasize the truth such as "truly" or "certainly." * **Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULB) * Yahweh truly sees everything a person does. -3. If it appears that the clauses are used together to intensify an idea in them, you could use words like "very," "completely" or "all." +1. If it appears that the clauses are used together to intensify an idea in them, you could use words like "very," "completely" or "all." * **... you have deceived me and told me lies.** (Judges 16:13 ULB) * All you have done is lie to me. diff --git a/translate/guidelines-authoritative/01.md b/translate/guidelines-authoritative/01.md index 136ea75..8cddd9a 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-authoritative/01.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-authoritative/01.md @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ Since not all translation teams have a member who can read the original language To help with this problem, the translation team can do three things: 1. The translation team must use translationNotes, translationWords, and any other translation helps they have to help them translate in the best way. These translation helps were written by Bible scholars who know the original biblical languages. -2. They should compare their translation with as many other reliable translations as they can, to make sure that it is communicating the same message as the others. -3. Someone who has studied the biblical languages should review the translation to make sure that it is accurate. This person could be a church leader, pastor, seminary professor, or Bible translation professional. +1. They should compare their translation with as many other reliable translations as they can, to make sure that it is communicating the same message as the others. +1. Someone who has studied the biblical languages should review the translation to make sure that it is accurate. This person could be a church leader, pastor, seminary professor, or Bible translation professional. Sometimes Bible translations differ because some passages in the Bible are unclear or ambiguous in the original biblical languages. In that case, the translation team must choose between them based on what Bible scholars say in translationNotes, translationWords, the UDB, and other translation helps. diff --git a/translate/qualifications/01.md b/translate/qualifications/01.md index db76362..d74c2a3 100644 --- a/translate/qualifications/01.md +++ b/translate/qualifications/01.md @@ -10,13 +10,13 @@ The leaders of the church networks that will be involved in the translation shou * Do people respect the way this person speaks their own language? * What is the age and local language background of each translator? It is usually good to have people from different places in the language area and of different ages, because people of different places and ages might use the language differently. These people then need to agree on a way to say things that sound good to all of them. -2. Does the person have a very good understanding of the source language? +1. Does the person have a very good understanding of the source language? * What level of education have they received, and how have they obtained skills in the source language? * Does the Christian community recognize that this person has adequate skills to speak the source language and an education sufficient to use the Notes or other exegetical helps provided? * Can the person read and write the source language with fluency and understanding? -3. Is the person respected in the community as a follower of Christ? The person must be humble and willing to listen to suggestions or corrections from others concerning his or her translation work. The person must be always willing to learn from others. +1. Is the person respected in the community as a follower of Christ? The person must be humble and willing to listen to suggestions or corrections from others concerning his or her translation work. The person must be always willing to learn from others. * How long have they been a Christian, and are they in good standing with their Christian community? * How has this person shown himself to be committed to Christ as a disciple? Bible translation is difficult, involves many revisions, and requires dedication to the task. diff --git a/translate/resources-questions/01.md b/translate/resources-questions/01.md index 6dc286b..de34129 100644 --- a/translate/resources-questions/01.md +++ b/translate/resources-questions/01.md @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ In order to use tQ when doing a self-check, follow these steps: In order to use tQ for a community check, follow these steps: 1. Read the newly completed translation of a Bible chapter to one or more community members. -2. Tell the listeners to only answer the questions from this translation and to not answer using what they know from other translations of the Bible. This is a test of the translation, not of the people. Because of this, testing the translation with people who do not know the Bible well is very useful. +1. Tell the listeners to only answer the questions from this translation and to not answer using what they know from other translations of the Bible. This is a test of the translation, not of the people. Because of this, testing the translation with people who do not know the Bible well is very useful. 1. Look at the section called "Questions." 1. Read the first question entry for that chapter. 1. Ask the community members to answer the question. Remind them to think of the answer only from the translation. 1. Click on the question to have the answer displayed. If the community member's answer is very similar to the answer displayed, then the translation is clearly communicating the right thing. If the person cannot answer the question or answers incorrectly, the translation may not be communicating well and may need to be changed. -2. Continue with the rest of the questions for the chapter. +1. Continue with the rest of the questions for the chapter. diff --git a/translate/translate-aim/01.md b/translate/translate-aim/01.md index 182c74e..af97fcd 100644 --- a/translate/translate-aim/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-aim/01.md @@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ For these reasons, Bible translators must decide who are the people that they wi Translators can aim their translation at young mothers and their children who speak the target language, because these people represent the future of their language. If translators work in this way, they will avoid using old words that the younger people are not learning. Instead, they will use ordinary, everyday words as much as possible. In addition, such translators will follow these other rules: 1. They do not try to transliterate common Bible words from other languages into the target language. For example, this means that they will not try to transform the Bible word "synagogue" into something like "sinagog" and then try to teach its meaning to the people. They will not try to transform the Bible word "angel" into something like "enjel" and then try to teach its meaning to the target language readers. -2. They do not try to invent new words to signal ideas that they find in the Bible. For example, if the target language has no word that signals all the aspects included in "grace" or "sanctify," translators do not make up new words for them. Instead, they will find phrases suitable for expressing the main part of the word's meaning in the Bible passage that they are working on. -3. They remember not to take known words in the target language and stuff them with new meaning. They know that if they try this, the people will simply ignore the new meaning. As a result, the people will misunderstand the meaning that you want the text to communicate. -4. They remember to express the biblical ideas in ways that are clear and natural. (See: [Create Clear Translations](../guidelines-clear/01.md), [Create Natural Translations](../guidelines-natural/01.md)) +1. They do not try to invent new words to signal ideas that they find in the Bible. For example, if the target language has no word that signals all the aspects included in "grace" or "sanctify," translators do not make up new words for them. Instead, they will find phrases suitable for expressing the main part of the word's meaning in the Bible passage that they are working on. +1. They remember not to take known words in the target language and stuff them with new meaning. They know that if they try this, the people will simply ignore the new meaning. As a result, the people will misunderstand the meaning that you want the text to communicate. +1. They remember to express the biblical ideas in ways that are clear and natural. (See: [Create Clear Translations](../guidelines-clear/01.md), [Create Natural Translations](../guidelines-natural/01.md)) When translators follow these rules, we call the result a common language version. If you are working to provide a language with its first Bible, then we recommend that you follow these guidelines. Common language versions in English include Today's English Version and The Common English Bible. But remember that your target language will probably want to express many ideas in ways that are very different from what you find in these English versions. @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ When translators follow these rules, we call the result a common language versio Translators can aim their translation at Christians who want to study the Bible in a way that is deeper than the way it is read by new Christians. Translators may decide to do this if the target language already has a good Bible that speaks well to unbelievers and new believers. If translators work in this way, they may decide to: 1. Try to imitate more of the grammatical structures they find in the biblical languages. For example, when the Bible says, "The love of God," translators might decide to leave the expression ambiguous. If they do this, they will not decide whether it means "the love that people have for God" or "the love that God has for people." When the Bible says, "the love that we have in Christ Jesus," translators might decide not to say that it means "because of Christ Jesus" or "united to Christ Jesus." -2. Try to say what Greek or Hebrew words "stand behind" various expressions in translation. For example, they can do this with footnotes. -3. Try to invent new expressions in the target language that signal more of the meaning carried by biblical words. If translators do this, they must become creative with the target language. +1. Try to say what Greek or Hebrew words "stand behind" various expressions in translation. For example, they can do this with footnotes. +1. Try to invent new expressions in the target language that signal more of the meaning carried by biblical words. If translators do this, they must become creative with the target language. -We do not recommend that you follow this second path unless the target language already has a Bible translation that communicates in a clear and natural way. \ No newline at end of file +We do not recommend that you follow this second path unless the target language already has a Bible translation that communicates in a clear and natural way. diff --git a/translate/translate-bdistance/01.md b/translate/translate-bdistance/01.md index f250d92..31115dc 100644 --- a/translate/translate-bdistance/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-bdistance/01.md @@ -47,19 +47,19 @@ The strategies are all applied to Exodus 25:10 below. * "They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be two and a half kubits; its width will be one kubit and a half; and its height will be one kubit and a half." -2. Use the metric measurements given in the UDB. The translators of the UDB have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system. +1. Use the metric measurements given in the UDB. The translators of the UDB have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system. * "They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be one meter; its width will be two thirds of a meter; and its height will be two thirds of a meter." -3. Use measurements that are already used in your language. In order to do this you would need to know how your measurements relate to the metric system and figure out each measurement. For example, if you measure things using the standard foot length, you could translate it as below. +1. Use measurements that are already used in your language. In order to do this you would need to know how your measurements relate to the metric system and figure out each measurement. For example, if you measure things using the standard foot length, you could translate it as below. * "They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be 3 3/4 feet; its width will be 2 1/4 feet; and its height will be 2 1/4 feet." -4. Use the measurements from the ULB and include measurements that your people know in the text or a note. The following shows both measurements in the text. +1. Use the measurements from the ULB and include measurements that your people know in the text or a note. The following shows both measurements in the text. * "They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be two and a half cubits (one meter); its width will be one cubit and a half (two thirds of a meter); and its height will be one cubit and a half (two thirds of a meter)." -5. Use measurements that your people know, and include the measurements from the ULB in the text or in a note. The following shows the ULB measurements in notes. +1. Use measurements that your people know, and include the measurements from the ULB in the text or in a note. The following shows the ULB measurements in notes. * "They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be one meter1; its width will be two thirds of a meter 2; and its height will be two thirds of a meter." The footnotes would look like: * [1] two and a half cubits diff --git a/translate/translate-bmoney/01.md b/translate/translate-bmoney/01.md index a93d4fa..22659b9 100644 --- a/translate/translate-bmoney/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-bmoney/01.md @@ -45,21 +45,21 @@ The translations strategies are all applied to Luke 7:41 below. * "The one owed five hundred denali, and the other owed fifty denali." (Luke 7:41 ULB) -2. Describe the value of the money in terms of what kind of metal it was made of and how many pieces or coins were used. +1. Describe the value of the money in terms of what kind of metal it was made of and how many pieces or coins were used. * "The one owed five hundred silver coins, and the other owed fifty silver coins." (Luke 7:41 ULB) -3. Describe the value of the money in terms of what people in Bible times could earn in one day of work. +1. Describe the value of the money in terms of what people in Bible times could earn in one day of work. * "The one owed five hundred days' wages, and the other owed fifty days' wages." -4. Use the Bible term and give the equivalent amount in the text or a footnote. +1. Use the Bible term and give the equivalent amount in the text or a footnote. * "The one owed five hundred denarii1, and the other owed fifty denarii.2" (Luke 7:41 ULB) The footnotes would look like: * [1] five hundred days's wages * [2] fifty day's wages -5. Use the Bible term and explain it in a footnote. +1. Use the Bible term and explain it in a footnote. * "The one owed five hundred denarii1, and the other owed fifty denarii." (Luke 7:41 ULB) * [1] A denarius was the amount of silver that people could earn in one day of work. diff --git a/translate/translate-bvolume/01.md b/translate/translate-bvolume/01.md index 30cb074..b1b2312 100644 --- a/translate/translate-bvolume/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-bvolume/01.md @@ -45,20 +45,20 @@ The strategies are all applied to Isaiah 5:10 below. * "For four hektares of vineyard will yield only one bat, and one homer of seed will yield only an efa." -2. Use the measurements given in the UDB. Usually they are metric measurements. The translators of the UDB have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system. +1. Use the measurements given in the UDB. Usually they are metric measurements. The translators of the UDB have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system. * "For four hectares of vineyard will yield only twenty-two liters, and ten baskets of seed will yield only one basket." * "For four hectares of vineyard will yield only twenty-two liters and 220 liters of seed will yield only twenty-two liters." -3. Use measurements that are already used in your language. In order to do this you would need to know how your measurements relate to the metric system and figure out each measurement. +1. Use measurements that are already used in your language. In order to do this you would need to know how your measurements relate to the metric system and figure out each measurement. * "For four hectares of vineyard will yield only six gallons, and six and a half bushels of seed will yield only twenty quarts." -4. Use the measurements from the ULB and include measurements that your people know in the text or a note. The following shows both measurements in the text. +1. Use the measurements from the ULB and include measurements that your people know in the text or a note. The following shows both measurements in the text. * "For four hectares of vineyard will yield only one bath (six gallons), and one homer (six and a half bushels) of seed will yield only an ephah (twenty quarts)." -5. Use measurements that your people know, and include the measurements from the ULB in the text or in a note. The following shows the ULB measurements in footnotes. +1. Use measurements that your people know, and include the measurements from the ULB in the text or in a note. The following shows the ULB measurements in footnotes. * "For four hectares of vineyard will yield only twenty-two liters1, and 220 liters2 of seed will yield only twenty-two liters3." The footnotes would look like: * [1]one bath @@ -88,15 +88,15 @@ The strategies are all applied to Haggai 2:16 below. * whenever anyone came to the grainery for twenty of grain, there were only ten, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out fifty of wine, there were only twenty. -2. Use a generic word like "measure" or "quantity" or "amount." +1. Use a generic word like "measure" or "quantity" or "amount." * whenever anyone came to the grainery for twenty amounts of grain, there were only ten, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out fifty amounts of wine, there were only twenty. -3. Use the name of an appropriate container, such as "basket" for grain or "jar" for wine. +1. Use the name of an appropriate container, such as "basket" for grain or "jar" for wine. * whenever anyone came to the grainery for twenty baskets of grain, there were only ten, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out fifty jars of wine, there were only twenty. -4. Use a unit of measure that you are already using in your translation. +1. Use a unit of measure that you are already using in your translation. * whenever anyone came to the grainery for twenty liters of grain, there were only ten liters, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out fifty liters of wine, there were only twenty liters. diff --git a/translate/translate-bweight/01.md b/translate/translate-bweight/01.md index 5a08c89..2a40974 100644 --- a/translate/translate-bweight/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-bweight/01.md @@ -39,21 +39,21 @@ The strategies are all applied to Exodus 38:29 below. * "The bronze from the offering weighed seventy talentes and 2,400 sekeles." -2. Use the metric measurements given in the UDB. The translators of the UDB have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system. +1. Use the metric measurements given in the UDB. The translators of the UDB have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system. * "The bronze from the offering weighed 2,400 kilograms." -3. Use measurements that are already used in your language. In order to do this you would need to know how your measurements relate to the metric system and figure out each measurement. +1. Use measurements that are already used in your language. In order to do this you would need to know how your measurements relate to the metric system and figure out each measurement. * "The bronze from the offering weighed 5,300 pounds." -4. Use the measurements from the ULB and include measurements that your people know in the text or a footnote. The following shows both measurements in the text. +1. Use the measurements from the ULB and include measurements that your people know in the text or a footnote. The following shows both measurements in the text. * "The bronze from the offering weighed seventy talents (2,380 kilograms) and 2,400 shekels (26.4 kilograms)." -5. Use measurements that your people know, and include the measurements from the ULB in the text or in a footnote. The following shows the ULB measurements in notes. +1. Use measurements that your people know, and include the measurements from the ULB in the text or in a footnote. The following shows the ULB measurements in notes. * "The bronze from the offering weighed seventy talents and 2,400 shekels.1" * The footnote would look like: - [1] This was a total of about 2,400 kilograms. \ No newline at end of file + [1] This was a total of about 2,400 kilograms. diff --git a/translate/translate-decimal/01.md b/translate/translate-decimal/01.md index c070ff7..e309e53 100644 --- a/translate/translate-decimal/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-decimal/01.md @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ One and a half cubits is about .7 meter or seven tenths of a meter. * **three tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil as a grain offering, and one log of oil.** (Leviticus 14:10 ULB) * " 0.3 ephah of fine flour mixed with oil as a grain offering, and one log of oil." -2. If you decide to use fractions and the measures in the UDB, you will need to change the decimals in the UDB to fractions. +1. If you decide to use fractions and the measures in the UDB, you will need to change the decimals in the UDB to fractions. * **about 6.5 liters of a fine flour offering, mixed with olive oil, to be an offering, and about one third liter of olive oil.** (Leviticus 14:10 UDB) * "about six and a half liters of a fine flour offering, mixed with olive oil, to be an offering, and about one third liter of olive oil." diff --git a/translate/translate-fraction/01.md b/translate/translate-fraction/01.md index d4f6348..5d61c8b 100644 --- a/translate/translate-fraction/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-fraction/01.md @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ If a fraction in your language would give the right meaning, consider using it. * **then you must offer with the bull a grain offering of three tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with half a hin of oil.** (Numbers 15:9 ULB) * ... then you must divide an ephah of fine flour into ten parts and divide a hin of oil into two parts. Then mix three of those parts of the flour with one of the parts of oil. Then you must offer that grain offering along with the bull. -2. For measurements, use the measurements that are given in the UDB. The translators of the UDB have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system. +1. For measurements, use the measurements that are given in the UDB. The translators of the UDB have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system. * **two thirds of a shekel** (1 Samuel 13:21 ULB) * eight grams of silver (1 Samuel 13:21 UDB) @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ If a fraction in your language would give the right meaning, consider using it. * **three tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with half a hin of oil.** (Numbers 15:9 ULB) * six and one-half liters of finely ground flour mixed with two liters of olive oil. (Numbers 15:9 UDB) -3. For measurements, use ones that are used in your language. In order to do that you would need to know how your measurements relates to the metric system and figure out each measurement. +1. For measurements, use ones that are used in your language. In order to do that you would need to know how your measurements relates to the metric system and figure out each measurement. * **three tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with half a hin of oil.** (Numbers 15:9, ULB) * six quarts of fine flour mixed with two quarts of oil. diff --git a/translate/translate-names/01.md b/translate/translate-names/01.md index fd5d4ed..2546495 100644 --- a/translate/translate-names/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-names/01.md @@ -61,17 +61,17 @@ Readers may not know that the names Saul and Paul refer to the same person. * **Shortly after, some Pharisees came and said to him, "Go and leave here because Herod wants to kill you."** (Luke 13:31 ULB) * Shortly after, some Pharisees came and said to him, "Go and leave here because King Herod wants to kill you. -2. If readers need to understand the meaning of a name in order to understand what is said about it, copy the name and tell about its meaning either in the text or in a footnote. +1. If readers need to understand the meaning of a name in order to understand what is said about it, copy the name and tell about its meaning either in the text or in a footnote. * **She named him Moses and said, "Because I drew him from the water."** (Exodus 2:11 ULB) * She named him Moses, which sounds like 'drawn out,' and said, "Because I drew him from the water." -3. Or if readers need to understand the meaning of a name in order to understand what is said about it, and that name is used only once, translate the meaning of the name instead of copying the name. +1. Or if readers need to understand the meaning of a name in order to understand what is said about it, and that name is used only once, translate the meaning of the name instead of copying the name. * **... she said, "Do I really continue to see, even after he has seen me?" Therefore the well was called Beerlahairoi;** (Genesis 16:13-14 ULB) * ... she said, "Do I really continue to see, even after he has seen me?" Therefore the well was called Well of the Living One who sees me; -4. If a person or place has two different names, use one name most of the time and the other name only when the text tells about the person or place having more than one name or when it says something about why the person or place was given that name. Write a footnote when the source text uses the name that is used less frequently. For example, Paul is called "Saul" before Acts 13 and "Paul" after Acts 13. You could translate his name as "Paul" all of the time, except in Acts 13:9 where it talks about him having both names. +1. If a person or place has two different names, use one name most of the time and the other name only when the text tells about the person or place having more than one name or when it says something about why the person or place was given that name. Write a footnote when the source text uses the name that is used less frequently. For example, Paul is called "Saul" before Acts 13 and "Paul" after Acts 13. You could translate his name as "Paul" all of the time, except in Acts 13:9 where it talks about him having both names. * **... a young man named Saul** (Acts 7:58 ULB) * ... a young man named Paul1 The footnote would look like: @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Readers may not know that the names Saul and Paul refer to the same person. * **But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit;** (Acts 13:9) * But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit; -5. Or if a person or place has two names, use whatever name is given in the source text, and add a footnote that gives the other name. For example, you could write "Saul" where the source text has "Saul" and "Paul" where the source text has "Paul." +1. Or if a person or place has two names, use whatever name is given in the source text, and add a footnote that gives the other name. For example, you could write "Saul" where the source text has "Saul" and "Paul" where the source text has "Paul." * **a young man named Saul** (Acts 7:58 ULB) * a young man named Saul The footnote would look like: diff --git a/translate/translate-numbers/01.md b/translate/translate-numbers/01.md index 8318865..c5a02e4 100644 --- a/translate/translate-numbers/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-numbers/01.md @@ -41,23 +41,23 @@ This is a rounded number. It does not say exactly how many descendants she shoul We will use the following verse in our examples: >Now, see, at great effort I have prepared for Yahweh's house 100,000 talents of gold, one million talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities. (1 Chronicles 22:14 ULB) -2. Write numbers using numerals. +1. Write numbers using numerals. * I have prepared for Yahweh's house 100,000 talents of gold, 1,000,000 talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities. -3. Write numbers using your language's words or the gateway language words for those numbers. +1. Write numbers using your language's words or the gateway language words for those numbers. * I have prepared for Yahweh's house one hundred thousand talents of gold, one million talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities. -4. Write numbers using words, and put the numerals in parenthesis after them. +1. Write numbers using words, and put the numerals in parenthesis after them. * I have prepared for Yahweh's house one hundred thousand (100,000) talents of gold, one million (1,000,000) talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities. -5. Combine words for large numbers. +1. Combine words for large numbers. * I have prepared for Yahweh's house one hundred thousand talents of gold, a thousand thousand talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities. -6. Use a very general expression for very large rounded numbers and write the numeral in parentheses afterward. +1. Use a very general expression for very large rounded numbers and write the numeral in parentheses afterward. * I have prepared for Yahweh's house a great amount of gold (100,000 talents), ten times that amount of silver (1,000,000 talents), and bronze and iron in large quantities. @@ -75,4 +75,4 @@ Be consistent in your translations. Decide how the numbers will be translated, u #### Consistency in the ULB and UDB The *Unlocked Literal Bible* (ULB) and the *Unlocked Dynamic Bible* (UDB) use words for numbers that have only one or two words (nine, sixteen, three hundred). They use numerals for numbers that have more than two words (the numerals "130" instead of "one hundred thirty"). ->When Adam had lived 130 years, he became the father of a son in his own likeness, after his image, and he called his name Seth. After Adam became the father of Seth, he lived eight hundred years. He became the father of more sons and daughters. Adam lived 930 years, and then he died. (Genesis 5:3-5 ULB) \ No newline at end of file +>When Adam had lived 130 years, he became the father of a son in his own likeness, after his image, and he called his name Seth. After Adam became the father of Seth, he lived eight hundred years. He became the father of more sons and daughters. Adam lived 930 years, and then he died. (Genesis 5:3-5 ULB) diff --git a/translate/translate-ordinal/01.md b/translate/translate-ordinal/01.md index 1bb39c2..9affa50 100644 --- a/translate/translate-ordinal/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-ordinal/01.md @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ If your language has ordinal numbers and using them would give the right meaning * **A river went out of Eden to water the garden. From there it divided and became four rivers. The name of the first is Pishon. It is the one which flows throughout the whole land of Havilah, where there is gold. The gold of that land is good. There is also bdellium and the onyx stone there. The name of the second river is Gihon. This one flows throughout the whole land of Cush. The name of the third river is Tigris, which flows east of Asshur. The fourth river is the Euphrates.** (Genesis 2:10-14 ULB) * A river went out of Eden to water the garden. From there it divided and became four rivers. The name of one is Pishon. It is the one which flows throughout the whole land of Havilah, where there is gold. The gold of that land is good. There is also bdellium and the onyx stone there. The name of the next river is Gihon. This one flows throughout the whole land of Cush. The name of the next river is Tigris, which flows east of Asshur. The last river is the Euphrates. -2. Tell the total number of items and then list them or the things associated with them. +1. Tell the total number of items and then list them or the things associated with them. * **The first lot went to Jehoiarib, the second to Jedaiah, the third to Harim, the fourth to Seorim, … the twenty-third to Delaiah, and the twenty-fourth to Maaziah.** (1 Chronicles 24:7-18 ULB) * They cast twenty-four lots. The lots went to Jerhoiarib, Jedaiah, Harim, Seorim, … Delaiah, and Maaziah. diff --git a/translate/translate-symaction/01.md b/translate/translate-symaction/01.md index 525e6ec..e9d9f22 100644 --- a/translate/translate-symaction/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-symaction/01.md @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ If people would correctly understand what a symbolic action meant to the people * **Look, I stand at the door and knock.** (Revelation 3:20 ULB) * Look, I stand at the door and knock on it, asking you to let me in. -2. Do not tell what the person did, but tell what he meant. +1. Do not tell what the person did, but tell what he meant. * **Jairus fell down at Jesus' feet.** (Luke 8:41) * Jairus showed Jesus great respect. @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ If people would correctly understand what a symbolic action meant to the people * **Look, I stand at the door and knock.** (Revelation 3:20) * Look, I stand at the door and ask you to let me in. -3. Use an action from your own culture that has the same meaning. +1. Use an action from your own culture that has the same meaning. * **Jairus fell down at Jesus' feet.** (Luke 8:41 ULB) - Since Jairus actually did this, we would not substitute an action from our own culture. diff --git a/translate/translate-textvariants/01.md b/translate/translate-textvariants/01.md index 2f853e0..cf06ade 100644 --- a/translate/translate-textvariants/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-textvariants/01.md @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ The translation strategies are applied to Mark 7:14-16 ULB, which has a footnote * 14He called the crowd again and said to them, "Listen to me, all of you, and understand. 15There is nothing from outside of a person that can defile him when it enters into him. It is what comes out of the person that defiles him." 16[1] * [1]The best ancient copies omit verse 16. *If any man has ears to hear, let him hear*. -2. Translate the verses as another version does, and change the footnote so that it fits this situation. +1. Translate the verses as another version does, and change the footnote so that it fits this situation. * 14He called the crowd again and said to them, "Listen to me, all of you, and understand. 15There is nothing from outside of a person that can defile him when it enters into him. It is what comes out of the person that defiles him. 16If any man has ears to hear, let him hear." [1] * [1]Some ancient copies do not have verse 16. diff --git a/translate/translate-transliterate/01.md b/translate/translate-transliterate/01.md index 247a07c..ed309fe 100644 --- a/translate/translate-transliterate/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-transliterate/01.md @@ -42,12 +42,12 @@ There are several ways to borrow a word. * **צְפַנְיָ֤ה** - A man's name in Hebrew letters. * "Zephaniah" - The same name in Roman letters -2. You can spell the word as the other language spells it, and pronounce it the way your language normally pronounces those letters. +1. You can spell the word as the other language spells it, and pronounce it the way your language normally pronounces those letters. * **Zephaniah** - This is a man's name. * "Zephaniah" - The name as it is spelled in English, but you can pronounce it according to the rules of your language. -3. You can pronounce the word similarly to the way the other language does, and adjust the spelling to fit the rules of your language. +1. You can pronounce the word similarly to the way the other language does, and adjust the spelling to fit the rules of your language. * **Zephaniah** - If your language does not have the "z", you could use "s". If your writing system does not use "ph" you could use "f". Depending on how you pronounce the "i" you could spell it with "i" or "ai" or "ay". * "Sefania" diff --git a/translate/translate-versebridge/01.md b/translate/translate-versebridge/01.md index 868c498..dddb3e9 100644 --- a/translate/translate-versebridge/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-versebridge/01.md @@ -42,5 +42,5 @@ See how to mark verses in the [translationStudio APP](http://help.door43.org/en/ * **2 you must select three cities for yourself in the middle of your land that Yahweh your God is giving you to possess. 3 You must build a road and divide the borders of your land into three parts, the land that Yahweh your God is causing you to inherit, so that everyone who kills another person may flee there.** (Deuteronomy 19:2-3) * 2-3 you must divide into three parts the land that he is giving to you. Then select a city in each part. You must make good roads in order that people can get to those cities easily. Someone who kills another person can escape to one of those cities to be safe. (Deuteronomy 19:2-3 UDB) -2. If the ULB has a verse bridge, but another Bible you refer to does not have one, you can choose the order that works best for your language. +1. If the ULB has a verse bridge, but another Bible you refer to does not have one, you can choose the order that works best for your language. diff --git a/translate/writing-endofstory/01.md b/translate/writing-endofstory/01.md index f9b0bc6..20cae7e 100644 --- a/translate/writing-endofstory/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-endofstory/01.md @@ -32,18 +32,18 @@ Different languages have different ways of presenting these kinds of information >Then the rest of the men should follow, some on planks, and some on other things from the ship. In this way it happened that all of us came safely to land. (Acts 27:44 ULB) -2. To give a comment about what happened in the story +1. To give a comment about what happened in the story > Many who practiced magical arts brought their books together and burned them in the sight of everyone. When they counted the value of them, it was fifty thousand pieces of silver. So the word of the Lord spread very widely in powerful ways. (Acts 19:19-20 ULB) -3. To tell the reader what happens to a specific character after the main part of the story ends +1. To tell the reader what happens to a specific character after the main part of the story ends > Mary said,"My soul praises the Lord, and my spirit has rejoiced in God my savior..." Mary stayed with Elizabeth about three months and then returned to her house. (Luke 1:46-47, 56 ULB) -4. To tell on-going action that continues after the main part of the story ends +1. To tell on-going action that continues after the main part of the story ends > All who heard it were amazed at what was spoken to them by the shepherds. But Mary kept thinking about all the things she had heard, treasuring them in her heart. (Luke 2:18-19 ULB) -5. To tell what happens after the story as a result of the events that happened in the story itself +1. To tell what happens after the story as a result of the events that happened in the story itself -> "Woe to you teachers of Jewish laws, because you have taken away the key of knowledge; you do not enter in yourselves, and you hinder those who are entering." After Jesus left there, the scribes and the Pharisees opposed him and argued with him about many things, trying to trap him in his own words. (Luke 11:52-54 ULB) \ No newline at end of file +> "Woe to you teachers of Jewish laws, because you have taken away the key of knowledge; you do not enter in yourselves, and you hinder those who are entering." After Jesus left there, the scribes and the Pharisees opposed him and argued with him about many things, trying to trap him in his own words. (Luke 11:52-54 ULB) diff --git a/translate/writing-intro/01.md b/translate/writing-intro/01.md index 7a1186d..90a28bd 100644 --- a/translate/writing-intro/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-intro/01.md @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Languages have different ways of using these different discourse features. The t 1. **[Introduction of New and Old Participants](../writing-participants/01.md)** - Languages have ways of introducing new people and of referring to those people again. 1. **[Background Information](../writing-background/01.md)** - An author may use background information for several reasons: 1) to add interest to the story, 2) to provide information that is important for understanding the story or 3) to explain why something in the story is important. 1. **[Pronouns - When to Use Them](../writing-pronouns/01.md)** - Languages have patterns for how frequently to use pronouns. If that pattern is not followed, wrong meaning can result. -2. **[End of Story](../writing-endofstory/01.md)** - Stories can end with various kinds of information. Languages have different ways of showing how that information is related to the story. +1. **[End of Story](../writing-endofstory/01.md)** - Stories can end with various kinds of information. Languages have different ways of showing how that information is related to the story. 1. **[Quotations and Quote Margins](../writing-quotations/01.md)** - Languages have different ways of reporting what someone said. 1. **[Connecting Words](../writing-connectingwords/01.md)** - Languages have patterns for how to use connecting words (such as "and," "but," or "then"). diff --git a/translate/writing-newevent/01.md b/translate/writing-newevent/01.md index f6dcf5c..129422a 100644 --- a/translate/writing-newevent/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-newevent/01.md @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ If the information given at the beginning of a new event is clear and natural to * As he passed by, there was a man sitting at the tax collecting place. His name was Levi, and he was the son of Alpheus. Jesus saw him and said to him ... * As he passed by, there was a tax collector sitting at the tax collecting place. His name was Levi, and he was the son of Alpheus. Jesus saw him and said to him ... -2. If readers would expect certain information but it is not in the Bible, consider using an indefinite word or phrase such as: another time, someone. +1. If readers would expect certain information but it is not in the Bible, consider using an indefinite word or phrase such as: another time, someone. * **Noah was six hundred years old when the flood came upon the earth.** (Genesis 7:6 ULB) - If people expect to be told something about when the new event happened, the phrase "after that" can help them see that it happened after the events already mentioned. * After that, when Noah was six hundred years old, the flood came upon the earth. @@ -67,13 +67,13 @@ If the information given at the beginning of a new event is clear and natural to * Another time Jesus began to teach people again beside the lake. * Jesus went to the lake and began to teach people again there. -3. If the introduction is a summary of the whole event, use your language's way of showing that it is a summary. +1. If the introduction is a summary of the whole event, use your language's way of showing that it is a summary. * **Noah was six hundred years old when the flood came upon the earth.** (Genesis 7:6 ULB) * Now this is what happened when Noah was six hundred years old and the flood came upon the earth. * This part tells about what happened when the flood came upon the earth. It happened when Noah was six hundred years old. -4. If it would be strange in the target language to give a summary of the event at the beginning, show that the event would actually happen later in the story. +1. If it would be strange in the target language to give a summary of the event at the beginning, show that the event would actually happen later in the story. * **Noah was six hundred years old when the flood came upon the earth. Noah, his sons, his wife, and his sons' wives went into the ark together because of the waters of the flood.** (Genesis 7:6-7 ULB) * Now this is what happened when Noah was six hundred years old. Noah, his sons, his wife, and his sons' wives went into the ark together because God had said that the waters of the flood would come. diff --git a/translate/writing-participants/01.md b/translate/writing-participants/01.md index c1a506a..0a9aae6 100644 --- a/translate/writing-participants/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-participants/01.md @@ -52,12 +52,12 @@ Some languages have something on the verb that tells something about the subject * There was a man from Cyprus who was a Levite. His name was Joseph, and he was given the name Barnabas by the apostles (that is, being interpreted, Son of encouragement). * There was a Levite from Cyprus whose name was Joseph. The apostles gave him the name Barnabas, which means Son of encouragement. -2. If it is not clear who a pronoun refers to, use a noun phrase or name. +1. If it is not clear who a pronoun refers to, use a noun phrase or name. * **It happened when he finished praying in a certain place, that one of his disciples said, "Lord, teach us to pray just as John taught his disciples."** (Luke 11:1 ULB) - Since this is the first verse in a chapter, readers might wonder who "he" refers to. * It happened when Jesus finished praying in a certain place, that one of his disciples said, "Lord, teach us to pray just as John taught his disciples. -3. If an old participant is referred to by name or a noun phrase, and people wonder if this is another new participant, try using a pronoun instead. If a pronoun is not needed because people would understand it clearly from the context, then leave out the pronoun. +1. If an old participant is referred to by name or a noun phrase, and people wonder if this is another new participant, try using a pronoun instead. If a pronoun is not needed because people would understand it clearly from the context, then leave out the pronoun. * **Joseph's master took Joseph and put him in prison, in the place where all the king's prisoners were put, and Joseph stayed there.** (Genesis 39:20 ULB) - Since Joseph is the main person in the story, some languages might find it unnatural or confusing to use his name so much. They might prefer a pronoun. * Joseph's master took him and put him in prison, in the place where all the king's prisoners were put, and he stayed there in the prison. diff --git a/translate/writing-poetry/01.md b/translate/writing-poetry/01.md index 5d821df..b073ed8 100644 --- a/translate/writing-poetry/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-poetry/01.md @@ -90,11 +90,11 @@ The following are examples of how people might translate Psalm 1:1,2. >He does what God says is right >He thinks of it all day and night -2) Translate the poetry using your style of elegant speech. +1) Translate the poetry using your style of elegant speech. * This is the kind of person who is truly blessed: the one who does not follow the advice of wicked people, or stop along the road to speak with sinners, or join the gathering of those who mock God. Rather he takes great joy in Yahweh's law, and he meditates on it day and night. -3) Translate the poetry using your style of ordinary speech. +1) Translate the poetry using your style of ordinary speech. * The people who do not listen to the advice of bad people are really happy. They do not spend time with people who continually do evil things or with those who do not respect God. They love to obey Yahweh's law, and they think about it all the time. diff --git a/translate/writing-pronouns/01.md b/translate/writing-pronouns/01.md index 974357d..2b858de 100644 --- a/translate/writing-pronouns/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-pronouns/01.md @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Jesus is the main character of the book of Matthew, but in the verses below he i * **Again Jesus walked into the synagogue, and a man with a withered hand was there. They watched him to see if he would heal him on the Sabbath.** (Mark 3:1-2 ULB) * Again Jesus walked into the synagogue, and a man with a withered hand was there. Some Pharisees watched Jesus to see if he would heal the man on the Sabbath. (Mark 3:1-2 UDB) -2. If repeating a noun or name would lead people to think that a main character is not a main character, or that the writer is talking about more than one person with that name, or that there is some kind of emphasis on someone when there is no emphasis, use a pronoun instead. +1. If repeating a noun or name would lead people to think that a main character is not a main character, or that the writer is talking about more than one person with that name, or that there is some kind of emphasis on someone when there is no emphasis, use a pronoun instead. > **At that time Jesus went on the Sabbath day through the grain fields. His disciples were hungry and began to pluck heads of grain and eat them. But when the Pharisees saw that, they said to Jesus , "See, your disciples do what is unlawful to do on the Sabbath."** >**But Jesus said to them, "Have you never read what David did, when he was hungry, and the men who were with him? ...** @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ May be translated as: >At that time Jesus went on the Sabbath day through the grain fields. His disciples were hungry and began to pluck heads of grain and eat them. But when the Pharisees saw that, they said to him, "See, your disciples do what is unlawful to do on the Sabbath. >But he said to them, "Have you never read what David did, when he was hungry, and the men who were with him? ... ->Then he left from there and went into their synagogue. \ No newline at end of file +>Then he left from there and went into their synagogue. diff --git a/translate/writing-quotations/01.md b/translate/writing-quotations/01.md index 4d14cd1..121cd78 100644 --- a/translate/writing-quotations/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-quotations/01.md @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ When writing that someone said something, some languages put the quote (what was * "Therefore, those who can should go there with us. If there is something wrong with the man, you should accuse him," he said. * "Therefore, those who can should go there with us," he said. "If there is something wrong with the man, you should accuse him." -2. Decide whether to use one or two words meaning "said." +1. Decide whether to use one or two words meaning "said." * **But his mother answered and said, "No, instead he will be called John."** (Luke 1:60 ULB) * But his mother replied, "No, instead he will be called John." diff --git a/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md b/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md index 2e1028b..48a40fb 100644 --- a/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This passage explains the meaning of the seven lampstands and the seven stars. T * **After this I saw in my dream at night a fourth animal, terrifying, frightening, and very strong. It had large iron teeth; it devoured, broke in pieces, and trampled underfoot what was left. It was different from the other animals, and it had ten horns.** (Daniel 7:7 ULB) - People will be able to understand what the symbols mean when they read the explanation in Daniel 7:23-24. -2. Translate the text with the symbols. Then explain the symbols in footnotes. +1. Translate the text with the symbols. Then explain the symbols in footnotes. * **After this I saw in my dream at night a fourth animal, terrifying, frightening, and very strong. It had large iron teeth; it devoured, broke in pieces, and trampled underfoot what was left. It was different from the other animals, and it had ten horns.** (Daniel 7:7 ULB) * After this I saw in my dream at night a fourth animal,1 terrifying, frightening, and very strong. It had large iron teeth;2 it devoured, broke in pieces, and trampled underfoot what was left. It was different from the other animals, and it had ten horns.3 From 324c0c2b27aac95d226b504bf3024f3d38254677 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesse Griffin Date: Thu, 30 Nov 2017 09:15:48 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 2/7] Fixes for ordered lists using parenthesis --- translate/bita-part1/01.md | 20 ++++++++------------ translate/figs-euphemism/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/figs-exmetaphor/01.md | 6 +++--- translate/figs-irony/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md | 6 +++--- translate/figs-sentencetypes/01.md | 1 + translate/translate-unknown/01.md | 11 +++++------ translate/writing-background/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/writing-connectingwords/01.md | 6 +++--- translate/writing-proverbs/01.md | 8 ++++---- 10 files changed, 33 insertions(+), 37 deletions(-) diff --git a/translate/bita-part1/01.md b/translate/bita-part1/01.md index 96b4221..7cd23b0 100644 --- a/translate/bita-part1/01.md +++ b/translate/bita-part1/01.md @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ This pattern is also seen in Psalm 119:32 where running in the path of God's com These patterns present three challenges to anyone who wants to identify them: -1) When looking at particular metaphors in the Bible, it is not always obvious what two ideas are paired with each other. For example, it may not be immediately obvious that the expression, it is God who puts strength on me like a belt. (Psalm 18:32 ULB) is based on the pairing of clothing with moral quality. In this case, the image of a belt represents strength. (see "Clothing represents a moral quality" in [Biblical Imagery - Man-made Objects](bita-manmade)) +1. When looking at particular metaphors in the Bible, it is not always obvious what two ideas are paired with each other. For example, it may not be immediately obvious that the expression, it is God who puts strength on me like a belt. (Psalm 18:32 ULB) is based on the pairing of clothing with moral quality. In this case, the image of a belt represents strength. (see "Clothing represents a moral quality" in [Biblical Imagery - Man-made Objects](bita-manmade)) -2) When looking at a particular expression, the translator needs to know whether or not it represents something. This can only be done by considering the surrounding text. The surrounding text shows us, for example, whether "lamp" refers concretely to a container with oil and a wick for giving light or whether "lamp" is an image that represents life. (see "FIRE or LAMP represents life" in [Biblical Imagery - Natural Phenomena](bita-phenom)) +1. When looking at a particular expression, the translator needs to know whether or not it represents something. This can only be done by considering the surrounding text. The surrounding text shows us, for example, whether "lamp" refers concretely to a container with oil and a wick for giving light or whether "lamp" is an image that represents life. (see "FIRE or LAMP represents life" in [Biblical Imagery - Natural Phenomena](bita-phenom)) In 1 Kings 7:50, a lamp trimmer is a tool for trimming the wick on an ordinary lamp. In 2 Samuel 21:17 the lamp of Israel represents King David's life. When his men were concerned that he might "put out the lamp of Israel" they were concerned that he might be killed. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ In 1 Kings 7:50, a lamp trimmer is a tool for trimming the wick on an ordinary l >Ishbibenob...intended to kill David. But Abishai the son of Zeruiah rescued David, attacked the Philistine, and killed him. Then the men of David swore to him, saying, "You must not go to battle anymore with us, so that you do not put out the lamp of Israel." (2 Samuel 21:16-17 ULB) -3) Expressions that are based on these pairings of ideas frequently combine together in complex ways. Moreover, they frequently combine with—and in some cases are based on—common metonymies and cultural models. (see [Biblical Imagery - Common Metonymies](bita-part2) and [Biblical Imagery - Cultural Models](bita-part3)) +1. Expressions that are based on these pairings of ideas frequently combine together in complex ways. Moreover, they frequently combine with—and in some cases are based on—common metonymies and cultural models. (see [Biblical Imagery - Common Metonymies](bita-part2) and [Biblical Imagery - Cultural Models](bita-part3)) For example, in 2 Samuel 14:7 below, "the burning coal" is an image for the life of the son, who represents what will cause people to remember his father. So there are two patterns of pairings here: the pairing of the burning coal with the life of the son, and the pairing of the son with the memory of his father. @@ -45,12 +45,8 @@ For example, in 2 Samuel 14:7 below, "the burning coal" is an image for the life The following pages have lists of some of the ideas that represent others in the Bible, together with examples from the Bible. They are organized according to the kinds of image: -A. [Biblical Imagery - Body Parts and Human Qualities](bita-hq) - -B. [Biblical Imagery - Human Behavior](bita-humanbehavior) - Includes both physical and non-physical actions, conditions and experiences - -C. [Biblical Imagery - Plants](bita-plants) - -D. [Biblical Imagery - Natural Phenomena](bita-phenom) - -E. [Biblical Imagery - Man-made Objects](bita-manmade) +* [Biblical Imagery - Body Parts and Human Qualities](bita-hq) +* [Biblical Imagery - Human Behavior](bita-humanbehavior) - Includes both physical and non-physical actions, conditions and experiences +* [Biblical Imagery - Plants](bita-plants) +* [Biblical Imagery - Natural Phenomena](bita-phenom) +* [Biblical Imagery - Man-made Objects](bita-manmade) diff --git a/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md b/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md index 6258c6f..2d4ab4c 100644 --- a/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ If euphemism would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consi ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied -1) Use a euphemism from your own culture. +1. Use a euphemism from your own culture. * **... where there was a cave. Saul went inside to relieve himself.** (1 Samuel 24:3 ULB) - Some languages might use euphemisms like these: * "...where there was a cave. Saul went into the cave to dig a hole" @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ If euphemism would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consi * **Mary said to the angel, “How will this happen, since I have not slept with any man?”** (Luke 1:34 ULB) * Mary said to the angel, “How will this happen, since I do not know a man?” - (This is the euphemism used in the original Greek) -2) State the information plainly without a euphemism if it would not be offensive. +1. State the information plainly without a euphemism if it would not be offensive. * **they found Saul and his sons fallen on Mount Gilboa.** (1 Chronicles 10:8 ULB) * "they found Saul and his sons dead on Mount Gilboa." diff --git a/translate/figs-exmetaphor/01.md b/translate/figs-exmetaphor/01.md index af28313..737dbfa 100644 --- a/translate/figs-exmetaphor/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-exmetaphor/01.md @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Consider using the same extended metaphor if your readers will understand it in ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied -1) If the target audience would think that the images should be understood literally, translate it as a simile by using "like" or "as." It may be enough to to do this in just the first sentence or two. See Psalm 23:1-2 as an example: +1. If the target audience would think that the images should be understood literally, translate it as a simile by using "like" or "as." It may be enough to to do this in just the first sentence or two. See Psalm 23:1-2 as an example: >**Yahweh is my shepherd; I will lack nothing.** >**He makes me to lie down in green pastures;** @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Can be translated as: > Like a shepherd who makes his sheep lie down in green pastures and leads them by peaceful waters, > Yahweh helps me to rest peacefully." -2) If the target audience would not know the image, find a way of translating it so they can understand what the image is. +1. If the target audience would not know the image, find a way of translating it so they can understand what the image is. >**My well beloved had a vineyard on a very fertile hill.** >**He spaded it and removed the stones, and planted it with the choicest vine.** @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ May be translated as: > He built a watchtower in the middle of it, and also built a tank where he could crush the juice out of the grapes. > He waited for it to produce grapes, but it produced wild grapes that were not good for making wine." -3) If the target audience still would not understand, then state it clearly. +1. If the target audience still would not understand, then state it clearly. Yahweh is my shepherd; I will lack nothing.** (Psalm 23:1 ULB) diff --git a/translate/figs-irony/01.md b/translate/figs-irony/01.md index 03a7991..491a15f 100644 --- a/translate/figs-irony/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-irony/01.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ If the irony would be understood correctly in your language, translate it as it ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied -1) Translate it in a way that shows that the speaker is saying what someone else believes. +1. Translate it in a way that shows that the speaker is saying what someone else believes. * **How well you reject the commandment of God so you may keep your tradition!** (Mark 7:9 ULB) * You think that you are doing well when you reject God's commandment so you may keep your tradition! @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ If the irony would be understood correctly in your language, translate it as it * **I did not come to call righteous people to repentance, but to call sinners to repentance.** (Luke 5:32 ULB) * I did not come to call people who think that they are righteous to repentance, but to call sinners to repentance. -2) Translate the actual, intended meaning of the statement of irony. +1. Translate the actual, intended meaning of the statement of irony. * **How well you reject the commandment of God so you may keep your tradition!** (Mark 7:9 ULB) * You are doing a terrible thing when you reject the commandment of God so you may keep your tradition! diff --git a/translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md b/translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md index 4bac458..a8105a5 100644 --- a/translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md @@ -38,17 +38,17 @@ If the past tense would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied -1) Use the future tense to refer to future events. +1. Use the future tense to refer to future events. * **For to us a child has been born, to us a son has been given;** (Isaiah 9:6a ULB) * "For to us a child will be born, to us a son will be given; -2) If it refers to something that would happen very soon, use a form that shows that. +1. If it refers to something that would happen very soon, use a form that shows that. * **Yahweh said to Joshua, "See, I have handed over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers."** (Joshua 6:2 ULB) * Yahweh said to Joshua, "See, I am about to hand over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers." -3) Some languages may use the present tense to show that something will happen very soon. +1. Some languages may use the present tense to show that something will happen very soon. * **Yahweh said to Joshua, "See, I have handed over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers."** (Joshua 6:2 ULB) * Yahweh said to Joshua, "See, I am handing over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers." diff --git a/translate/figs-sentencetypes/01.md b/translate/figs-sentencetypes/01.md index 285423c..972af59 100644 --- a/translate/figs-sentencetypes/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-sentencetypes/01.md @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ The examples below show each of these types used for their main functions. Statements can also have other functions. (see [Statements - Other Uses](../figs-declarative/01.md)) #### Questions + The speakers below used these questions to get information, and the people they were speaking to answered their questions.
Jesus said to them, "Do you believe that I can do this?" They said to him, "Yes, Lord." (Matthew 9:28 ULB)
diff --git a/translate/translate-unknown/01.md b/translate/translate-unknown/01.md index 53279d6..5d652dd 100644 --- a/translate/translate-unknown/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-unknown/01.md @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Here are ways you might translate a term that is not known in your language: ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied -1) Use a phrase that describes what the unknown item is, or what is important about the unknown item for the verse being translated. +1. Use a phrase that describes what the unknown item is, or what is important about the unknown item for the verse being translated. * **Beware of false prophets, those who come to you in sheep's clothing, but are truly ravenous wolves.** (Matthew 7:15 ULB) * Beware of false prophets, those who come to you in sheep's clothing, but are truly hungry and dangerous animals. @@ -59,14 +59,13 @@ Here are ways you might translate a term that is not known in your language: * **We have here only five loaves of bread and two fish** (Matthew 14:17 ULB) * We have here only five loaves of baked grain seeds and two fish -2) Substitute something similar from your language if doing so does not falsely represent a historical fact. - +1. Substitute something similar from your language if doing so does not falsely represent a historical fact. * **your sins ... will be white like snow** (Isaiah 1:18 ULB) This verse is not about snow. It uses snow in a figure of speech to help people understand how white something will be. * your sins ... will be white like milk * your sins ... will be white like the moon -3) Copy the word from another language, and add a general word or descriptive phrase to help people understand it. +1. Copy the word from another language, and add a general word or descriptive phrase to help people understand it. * **Then they tried to give Jesus wine that was mixed with myrrh. But he refused to drink it.** (Mark 15:23 ULB) - People may understand better what myrrh is if it is used with the general word "medicine." * Then they tried to give Jesus wine that was mixed with a medicine called myrrh. But he refused to drink it. @@ -74,7 +73,7 @@ Here are ways you might translate a term that is not known in your language: * **We have here only five loaves of bread and two fish** (Matthew 14:17 ULB) - People may understand better what bread is if it is used with a phrase that tells what it is made of (seeds) and how it is prepared (crushed and baked). * We have here only five loaves of baked crushed seed bread and two fish -4) Use a word that is more general in meaning. +1. Use a word that is more general in meaning. * **I will turn Jerusalem into piles of ruins, a hideout for jackals** (Jeremiah 9:11 ULB) * I will turn Jerusalem into piles of ruins, a hideout for wild dogs @@ -82,7 +81,7 @@ Here are ways you might translate a term that is not known in your language: * **We have here only five loaves of bread and two fish** (Matthew 14:17 ULB) * We have here only five loaves of baked food and two fish -5) Use a word or phrase that is more specific in meaning. +1. Use a word or phrase that is more specific in meaning. * **to him who made great lights** (Psalm 136:7 ULB) * to him who made the sun and the moon diff --git a/translate/writing-background/01.md b/translate/writing-background/01.md index 0aa406f..786005b 100644 --- a/translate/writing-background/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-background/01.md @@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ To keep translations clear and natural you will need to study how people tell st ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied -1) Use your language's way of showing that certain information is background information. The examples below explain how this was done in the ULB English translations. +1. Use your language's way of showing that certain information is background information. The examples below explain how this was done in the ULB English translations. * **Now Jesus himself, when he began to teach, was about thirty years of age. He was the son (as was supposed) of Joseph, the son of Heli.** (Luke 3:23 ULB) English uses the word "now" to show that there is some kind of change in the story. The verb "was" shows that it is background information. * **With many other exhortations also, he preached good news to the people. John also rebuked Herod the tetrarch for marrying his brother's wife, Herodias, and for all the other evil things that Herod had done. But then Herod did another very evil thing. He had John locked up in prison.** (Luke 3:18-20 ULB) The underlined phrases happened before John rebuked Herod. In English, the helping verb "had" in "had done" shows that Herod did those things before John rebuked him. -2) Reorder the information so that earlier events are mentioned first. +1. Reorder the information so that earlier events are mentioned first. * **Hagar gave birth to Abram's son, and Abram named his son, whom Hagar bore, Ishmael. Abram was eighty-six years old when Hagar bore Ishmael to Abram.** (Genesis 16:16 ULB) * "When Abram was eighty-six years old, Hagar gave birth to his son, and Abram named his son Ishmael." diff --git a/translate/writing-connectingwords/01.md b/translate/writing-connectingwords/01.md index ce162dd..cdda147 100644 --- a/translate/writing-connectingwords/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-connectingwords/01.md @@ -47,12 +47,12 @@ If the way the relationship between thoughts is shown in the ULB would be natura ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied -1) Use a connecting word (even if the ULB does not use one). +1. Use a connecting word (even if the ULB does not use one). * **Jesus said to them, "Come after me, and I will make you become fishers of men." Immediately they left the nets and went after him.** (Mark 1:17-18 ULB) - They followed Jesus because he told them to. Some translators may want to mark this with "so." * Jesus said to them, "Come after me, and I will make you become fishers of men." So immediately they left the nets and went after him. -2) Do not use a connecting word if it would be odd to use one and people would understand the right relationship between the thoughts without it. +1. Do not use a connecting word if it would be odd to use one and people would understand the right relationship between the thoughts without it. * **Therefore whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. But whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.** (Matthew 5:19 ULB) - @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Some languages might not need the words "but" or "then" here. * I did not immediately consult with flesh and blood, nor did I go up to Jerusalem to those who had become apostles before me. Instead I went to Arabia and then returned to Damascus. After three years I went up to Jerusalem to visit Cephas, and I stayed with him fifteen days. -3) Use a different connecting word. +1. Use a different connecting word. * **Therefore whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. But whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.** (Matthew 5:19 ULB) Instead of a word like "therefore," a language might need a phrase to indicate that there was a section before it that gave the reason for the section that follows. Also, the word "but" is used here because of the contrast between the two groups of people. But in some languages, the word "but" would show that what comes after it is surprising because of what came before it. So "and" might be clearer for those languages. * Because of that, whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. And whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven. diff --git a/translate/writing-proverbs/01.md b/translate/writing-proverbs/01.md index 380256f..60c3aac 100644 --- a/translate/writing-proverbs/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-proverbs/01.md @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ If translating a proverb literally would be natural and give the right meaning i ### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied -1) Find out how people say proverbs in your language, and use one of those ways. +1. Find out how people say proverbs in your language, and use one of those ways. * **A good name is to be chosen over great riches,** @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Here are some ideas for ways that people might say a proverb in their language. * Try to have a good reputation rather than great riches. * Will riches really help you? I would rather have a good reputation. -2) If certain objects in the proverb are not known to many people in your language group, consider replacing them with objects that people know and that function in the same way in your language. +1. If certain objects in the proverb are not known to many people in your language group, consider replacing them with objects that people know and that function in the same way in your language. * **Like snow in summer or rain in harvest,** @@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ Here are some ideas for ways that people might say a proverb in their language. * It is not natural for a cold wind to blow in the hot season or for it to rain in the harvest season; And it is not natural to honor a foolish person. -3) Substitute a proverb in your language that has the same teaching as the proverb in the Bible. +1. Substitute a proverb in your language that has the same teaching as the proverb in the Bible. * **Do not boast about tomorrow** (Proverbs 27:1 ULB) * Do not count your chickens before they hatch. -4) Give the same teaching but not in a form of a proverb. +1. Give the same teaching but not in a form of a proverb. * **A generation that curses their father and does not bless their mother,** From 0de96135b2e601f372eb2e5d90aa0692747d0f3c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesse Griffin Date: Thu, 30 Nov 2017 09:38:09 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 3/7] Fixes for blank lines around headers --- translate/biblicalimageryta/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/bita-animals/01.md | 3 ++- translate/bita-farming/01.md | 10 +++++++--- translate/bita-hq/01.md | 5 +++-- translate/bita-part3/01.md | 5 ++--- translate/figs-infostructure/01.md | 2 +- translate/figs-merism/01.md | 2 ++ translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md | 2 ++ translate/translate-aim/01.md | 3 +++ translate/translate-alphabet2/01.md | 10 +++++++++- translate/translate-chapverse/01.md | 7 ++++--- translate/translate-hebrewmonths/01.md | 2 ++ translate/translate-help/01.md | 3 ++- translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md | 1 + 14 files changed, 42 insertions(+), 17 deletions(-) diff --git a/translate/biblicalimageryta/01.md b/translate/biblicalimageryta/01.md index 048027c..690cd3a 100644 --- a/translate/biblicalimageryta/01.md +++ b/translate/biblicalimageryta/01.md @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ In metonymy, a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of s "see [Biblical Imagery - Common Metonymies](bita-part2) for a list of some common metonymies in the Bible" - ### Cultural Models + Cultural models are mental pictures of parts of life or behavior. These pictures help us imagine and talk about these things. For example, Americans often think of many things, including marriage and friendship, as if they were machines. Americans might say, "His marriage is breaking down," or "Their friendship is going full speed ahead." The Bible often speaks of God as if he were a shepherd and his people were sheep. This is a cultural model. @@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ The Bible often speaks of God as if he were a shepherd and his people were sheep Some of the cultural models in the Bible were used much by the cultures in the Ancient Near East, and not only by the Israelites. -"see [Biblical Imagery - Cultural Models](bita-part3) for a list of cultural models in the Bible." \ No newline at end of file +"see [Biblical Imagery - Cultural Models](bita-part3) for a list of cultural models in the Bible." diff --git a/translate/bita-animals/01.md b/translate/bita-animals/01.md index c367d29..7ef0567 100644 --- a/translate/bita-animals/01.md +++ b/translate/bita-animals/01.md @@ -79,6 +79,7 @@ In Matthew, John the Baptist called the religious leaders poisonous snakes becau #### SHEEP or a FLOCK OF SHEEP represents people who need to be led or are in danger + >My people have been a lost flock. Their shepherds have led them astray in the mountains; (Jeremiah 50:6 ULB)
He led his own people out like sheep and guided them through the wilderness like a flock. (Psalm 78:52 ULB)
@@ -87,4 +88,4 @@ In Matthew, John the Baptist called the religious leaders poisonous snakes becau >then after this, Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon broke his bones. (Jeremiah 50:17 ULB) -
See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves, so be as wise as serpents and harmless as doves. Watch out for people! They will deliver you up to councils, and they will whip you in their synagogues. (Matthew 10:16 ULB)
\ No newline at end of file +
See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves, so be as wise as serpents and harmless as doves. Watch out for people! They will deliver you up to councils, and they will whip you in their synagogues. (Matthew 10:16 ULB)
diff --git a/translate/bita-farming/01.md b/translate/bita-farming/01.md index ea622ef..0769c33 100644 --- a/translate/bita-farming/01.md +++ b/translate/bita-farming/01.md @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ Some images from the Bible related to farming are listed below. The word in all capital letters represents an idea. The word does not necessarily appear in every verse that has the image, but the idea that the word represents does appear. - #### A FARMER represents God, and the VINEYARD represents his chosen people + > My well beloved had a vineyard on a very fertile hill. > He spaded it and removed the stones, and planted it with the choicest vine. > He built a tower in the middle of it, and also built a winepress. @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ Some images from the Bible related to farming are listed below. The word in all > There was a man, a person with extensive land. He planted a vineyard, set a hedge about it, dug a winepress in it, built a watchtower, and rented it out to vine growers. Then he went into another country. (Matthew 21:33 ULB) #### The GROUND represents people's hearts (inner being) + > For Yahweh says this to each person in Judah and Jerusalem: 'Plow your own ground, > and do not sow among thorns. (Jeremiah 4:3 ULB) @@ -22,12 +23,14 @@ Some images from the Bible related to farming are listed below. The word in all > for it is time to seek Yahweh.... (Hosea 10:12 ULB) #### SOWING represents actions or attitudes, and REAPING represents judgment or reward + > Based on what I have observed, those who plow iniquity > and sow trouble reap the same. (Job 4:8 ULB) > Do not be deceived. God is not mocked. Whatever a man plants, that is what he will also harvest. For he who sows seed to his own sinful nature will harvest destruction, but he who sows seed to the Spirit, will harvest eternal life from the Spirit. (Galatians 6:7-8 ULB) #### THRESHING and WINNOWING represent the separation of evil people from good people + After farmers harvest wheat and other types of grain, they bring them to a _threshing floor_, a flat place with hard ground, and have oxen pull heavy wheeled carts or sleds without wheels over the grain to _thresh_ it, to separate the usable grains from the useless chaff. Then they take large forks and _winnow_ the threshed grain by throwing it up in the air so the wind can carry off the chaff while the grains fall back to the threshing floor, where they can be gathered and used for food. (see *thresh* and *winnow* pages in [translationWords](https://unfoldingword.org/en/?resource=translation-words) for help translating "thresh" and "winnow") > So I will winnow them with a pitchfork at the gates of the land. I will bereave them. I will destroy my people since they will not turn from their ways. (Jeremiah 15:7 ULB) @@ -36,13 +39,14 @@ After farmers harvest wheat and other types of grain, they bring them to a _thre
His winnowing fork is in his hand to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor and to gather the wheat into his storehouse. But he will burn up the chaff with fire that can never be put out. (Luke 3:17 ULB)
#### GRAFTING represents God's allowing the Gentiles to become his people + > For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these Jews, who are the natural branches, be grafted back into their own olive tree? For I do not want you to be unaware, brothers, of this mystery, in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking. This mystery is that a partial hardening has occurred in Israel, until the completion of the Gentiles come in. (Romans 11:24-25 ULB) #### RAIN represents God's gifts to his people -> ...he comes and rains righteousness on you. (Hosea 10:12 ULB) +> ...he comes and rains righteousness on you. (Hosea 10:12 ULB)
For the land that drinks in the rain that often comes on it, and that gives birth to the plants useful to those for whom the land was worked—this is the land that receives a blessing from God. But if it bears thorns and thistles, it is worthless and is near to a curse. Its end is in burning. (Hebrews 6:7-8 ULB)
-> So be patient, brothers, until the Lord's coming. See, the farmer awaits the valuable harvest from the ground. He is patiently waiting for it, until it receives the early and late rains. (James 5:7 ULB) \ No newline at end of file +> So be patient, brothers, until the Lord's coming. See, the farmer awaits the valuable harvest from the ground. He is patiently waiting for it, until it receives the early and late rains. (James 5:7 ULB) diff --git a/translate/bita-hq/01.md b/translate/bita-hq/01.md index af78920..12e2e5f 100644 --- a/translate/bita-hq/01.md +++ b/translate/bita-hq/01.md @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Some images from the Bible involving body parts and human qualities are listed below in alphabetical order. The word in all capital letters represents an idea. The word does not necessarily appear in every verse that has the image, but the idea that the word represents does. #### The BODY represents a group of people + > Now you are the body of Christ and individually members of it. (1 Corinthians 12:27 ULB)
Rather we will speak the truth in love and grow up in all ways into him who is the head, Christ. Christ joins the whole body of believers together—it is held together by every supporting ligament so that the whole body grows and builds itself up in love. (Ephesians 4:15-16 ULB)
@@ -144,6 +145,6 @@ Children of death here are people that others plan to kill. Children of wrath here are people with whom God is very angry. - ### Translation Strategies -(see the Translations Strategies on [Biblical Imagery - Common Patterns](../bita-part1/01.md)) \ No newline at end of file + +(see the Translations Strategies on [Biblical Imagery - Common Patterns](../bita-part1/01.md)) diff --git a/translate/bita-part3/01.md b/translate/bita-part3/01.md index 8bbbaef..df17dba 100644 --- a/translate/bita-part3/01.md +++ b/translate/bita-part3/01.md @@ -76,7 +76,6 @@ He is willing to die in order to save his sheep. #### The eye is modeled as a LAMP - Variations of this model and the model of the EVIL EYE are found in many parts of the world. In most of the cultures represented in the Bible, these models included the following elements: People see objects, not because of light around the object, but because of light that shines from their eyes onto those objects. @@ -180,6 +179,7 @@ In Job 30:15, Job complains that his honor and prosperity are gone. >my prosperity passes away as a cloud. (Job 30:15 ULB) #### Human warfare is modeled as DIVINE WARFARE + When there was a war between nations, people believed that the gods of those nations were also at war. >This happened while the Egyptians were burying all their firstborn, those whom Yahweh had killed among them, for he also inflicted punishment on their gods. (Numbers 33:4 ULB) @@ -188,7 +188,6 @@ When there was a war between nations, people believed that the gods of those nat >The servants of the king of Aram said to him, "Their god is a god of the hills. That is why they were stronger than we were. But now let us fight against them in the plain, and surely there we will be stronger than they." (1 Kings 20:23 ULB) - #### Constraints in life are modeled as PHYSICAL BOUNDARIES The verses below are not about real physical boundaries but about difficulties or the lack of difficulties in life. @@ -224,4 +223,4 @@ Leprosy is a disease. If a person had it, he was said to be unclean. >Behold, a leper came to him and bowed before him, saying, "Lord, if you are willing, you can make me clean." Jesus reached out his hand and touched him, saying, "I am willing. Be clean." Immediately he was cleansed of his leprosy. (Matthew 8:2-3 ULB) An "unclean spirit" is an evil spirit. ->When an unclean spirit has gone away from a man, it passes through waterless places and looks for rest, but does not find it. (Matthew 12:43 ULB) \ No newline at end of file +>When an unclean spirit has gone away from a man, it passes through waterless places and looks for rest, but does not find it. (Matthew 12:43 ULB) diff --git a/translate/figs-infostructure/01.md b/translate/figs-infostructure/01.md index 179f28c..d5de6e0 100644 --- a/translate/figs-infostructure/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-infostructure/01.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ - ### Description + Different languages arrange the parts of the sentence in different ways. In English, a sentence normally has the subject first, then the verb, then the object, then other modifiers, like this: **Peter painted his house yesterday.** diff --git a/translate/figs-merism/01.md b/translate/figs-merism/01.md index da67717..3c92896 100644 --- a/translate/figs-merism/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-merism/01.md @@ -14,9 +14,11 @@ Merism is a figure of speech in which a person refers to something by speaking o Heaven and earth is a merism that includes everything that exists. #### Reason this is a translation issue + Some languages do not use merism. The readers of those languages may think that the phrase only applies to the items mentioned. They may not realize that it refers to those two things and everything in between. ### Examples from the Bible + >From the rising of the sun to its setting, Yahweh's name should be praised. (Psalm 113:3 ULB) This underlined phrase is a merism because it speaks of the east and the west and everywhere in between. It means "everywhere." diff --git a/translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md b/translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md index a8105a5..d137249 100644 --- a/translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ ### Description + The predictive past is a figure of speech that uses the past tense to refer to things that will happen in the future. This is sometimes done in prophecy to show that the event will certainly happen. It is also called the prophetic perfect. > Therefore my people have gone into captivity for lack of understanding; @@ -9,6 +10,7 @@ The predictive past is a figure of speech that uses the past tense to refer to t In the example above, the people of Israel had not yet gone into captivity, but God spoke of their going into captivity as if it had already happened because he had decided that they certainly would go into captivity. #### Reason this is a translation issue: + Readers who are not aware of the past tense being used in prophecy to refer to future events may find it confusing. ### Examples from the Bible diff --git a/translate/translate-aim/01.md b/translate/translate-aim/01.md index af97fcd..7603a1d 100644 --- a/translate/translate-aim/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-aim/01.md @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ ### A translator is like a hunter + A translator is like a hunter, who must aim his gun at an animal if he wants to hit it. He must know the kind of animal he is hunting, because a hunter does not shoot birds with the same kind of bullets that he would use to kill an antelope, for example. It is the same when we speak to other people. We do not speak to young children with exactly the same words that we would say to an adult. Neither do we speak to our friends in exactly the same way we would speak to the president or ruler of our country. @@ -13,6 +14,7 @@ In addition, languages are like trees that grow new leaves and lose old ones: ne For these reasons, Bible translators must decide who are the people that they will aim their translation at. Here are their choices: #### Aim to the Future + Translators can aim their translation at young mothers and their children who speak the target language, because these people represent the future of their language. If translators work in this way, they will avoid using old words that the younger people are not learning. Instead, they will use ordinary, everyday words as much as possible. In addition, such translators will follow these other rules: 1. They do not try to transliterate common Bible words from other languages into the target language. For example, this means that they will not try to transform the Bible word "synagogue" into something like "sinagog" and then try to teach its meaning to the people. They will not try to transform the Bible word "angel" into something like "enjel" and then try to teach its meaning to the target language readers. @@ -23,6 +25,7 @@ Translators can aim their translation at young mothers and their children who sp When translators follow these rules, we call the result a common language version. If you are working to provide a language with its first Bible, then we recommend that you follow these guidelines. Common language versions in English include Today's English Version and The Common English Bible. But remember that your target language will probably want to express many ideas in ways that are very different from what you find in these English versions. #### Aim for a Bible Study Translation + Translators can aim their translation at Christians who want to study the Bible in a way that is deeper than the way it is read by new Christians. Translators may decide to do this if the target language already has a good Bible that speaks well to unbelievers and new believers. If translators work in this way, they may decide to: 1. Try to imitate more of the grammatical structures they find in the biblical languages. For example, when the Bible says, "The love of God," translators might decide to leave the expression ambiguous. If they do this, they will not decide whether it means "the love that people have for God" or "the love that God has for people." When the Bible says, "the love that we have in Christ Jesus," translators might decide not to say that it means "because of Christ Jesus" or "united to Christ Jesus." diff --git a/translate/translate-alphabet2/01.md b/translate/translate-alphabet2/01.md index 8e8b13c..c524e01 100644 --- a/translate/translate-alphabet2/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-alphabet2/01.md @@ -1,26 +1,34 @@ ### Definitions + These are definitions of words that we use to talk about how people make the sounds that form into words, and also definitions of words that refer to the parts of words. #### Consonant + These are the sounds that people make when the air flow from their lungs is interrupted or limited by the position of the tongue, teeth or lips. The majority of letters in the alphabet are consonant letters. Most consonant letters have only one sound.  #### Vowel + These sounds are made by the mouth when the breath flows out through the mouth without being blocked by the teeth, tongue, or lips. (In English, vowels are a, e, i, o, u and sometimes y.) #### Syllable (syl-ab-al) + A part of a word that has only one vowel sound, with or without surrounding consonants. Some words have only one syllable. #### Affix + Something that is added to a word that changes its meaning. This could be at the beginning, or the end, or in the body of a word. #### Root + The most basic part of a word; what is left when all the affixes are removed. #### Morpheme + A word or a part of a word that has a meaning and that contains no smaller part that has a meaning. (For example, “syllable” has 3 syllables, but only 1 morpheme, while “syllables” has 3 syllables and two morphemes (syl-lab-le**s**). (The final "s" is a morpheme that means "plural.") ### How Syllables Make Words + Every language has sounds which combine to form syllables. An affix of a word or the root of a word may have a single syllable, or it may have a number of syllables. Sounds combine to make syllables which also join together to make morphemes. Morphemes work together to make meaningful words. It is important to understand the way syllables are formed in your language and how those syllables influence one another so that spelling rules can be formed and people can more easily learn to read your language. @@ -81,4 +89,4 @@ The **manner of articulation** describes how the airflow is slowed. It can come Fricative f/ v ch/dg Liquid /l /r Semi-vowel /w /y h/ - Nasals /m /n \ No newline at end of file + Nasals /m /n diff --git a/translate/translate-chapverse/01.md b/translate/translate-chapverse/01.md index 39489cb..5e83cc8 100644 --- a/translate/translate-chapverse/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-chapverse/01.md @@ -34,8 +34,9 @@ If the people who speak your language have another Bible that they use, number t The example below is from 3 John 1. Some Bibles mark this text as verses 14 and 15, and some mark it all as verse 14. You may mark the verse numbers as your other Bible does. -* **14 But I expect to see you soon, and we will speak face to face.** 15 **Peace be to you. The friends greet you. Greet the friends by name.** (3 John 1:14-15 ULB) - * "14 But I expect to see you soon, and we will speak face to face. Peace be to you. The friends greet you. Greet the friends by name."(3 John 14) +**14 But I expect to see you soon, and we will speak face to face.** 15 **Peace be to you. The friends greet you. Greet the friends by name.** (3 John 1:14-15 ULB) + +14 But I expect to see you soon, and we will speak face to face. Peace be to you. The friends greet you. Greet the friends by name. (3 John 14) Next is an example from Psalm 3. Some Bibles do not mark the explanation at the beginning of the psalm as a verse, and others mark it as verse 1. You may mark the verse numbers as your other Bible does. @@ -49,4 +50,4 @@ Next is an example from Psalm 3. Some Bibles do not mark the explanation at the 2 Yahweh, how many are my enemies! Many have turned away and attacked me. 3 Many say about me, -"There is no help for him from God." *Selah* \ No newline at end of file +"There is no help for him from God." *Selah* diff --git a/translate/translate-hebrewmonths/01.md b/translate/translate-hebrewmonths/01.md index b6c3bd2..aafa3d5 100644 --- a/translate/translate-hebrewmonths/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-hebrewmonths/01.md @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ The Hebrew calendar used in the Bible has twelve months. Unlike the western cale * The scripture may tell about something happening in a certain month, but readers will not be able to fully understand what is said about it if they do not know what season of the year that was. #### List of Hebrew Months + This is a list of the Hebrew months with information about them that may be helpful in the translation. **Abib** - (This month is called **Nisan** after the Babylonian exile.) This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. It is at the beginning of the spring season when the late rains come and people begin to harvest their crops. It is during the last part of March and the first part April on western calendars. The Passover celebration started on Abib 10, the Festival of Unleavened Bread was right after that, and the Festival of Harvest was a few weeks after that. @@ -45,6 +46,7 @@ This is a list of the Hebrew months with information about them that may be help > You must eat unleavened bread from twilight of the fourteenth day in the first month of the year, until twilight of the twenty-first day of the month. (Exodus 12:18 ULB) ### Translation Strategies + You may need to make some information about the months explicit. (see [Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information](../figs-explicit/01.md)) 1. Tell the the number of the Hebrew month. diff --git a/translate/translate-help/01.md b/translate/translate-help/01.md index 0fa239e..7b4109a 100644 --- a/translate/translate-help/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-help/01.md @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ ### Using translationHelps + To help translators make the best translation possible, **translationNotes**, **translationWords**, and **translationQuestions** have been created. **translationNotes** are cultural, linguistic, and exegetical notes that help to describe and explain some of the Bible background that the translator needs to know to translate accurately. The translationNotes also inform translators about different ways that they might express the same meaning. See http://ufw.io/tn/. @@ -10,4 +11,4 @@ The **translationQuestions** are comprehension questions that can be used to sel Once you have consulted the translationNotes, translationWords and translationQuestions, then you are ready to make the best translation. -**Please consult the translationNotes and translationWords when doing your translation!** \ No newline at end of file +**Please consult the translationNotes and translationWords when doing your translation!** diff --git a/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md b/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md index 48a40fb..ce3d583 100644 --- a/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ This was in a dream. Eating the scroll is a symbol of reading and understanding - Another purpose of symbolism is to tell some people about something while hiding the true meaning from others who do not understand the symbolism. #### Reason this is a translation issue + People who read the Bible today may find it hard to recognize that the language is symbolic, and they may not know what the symbol stands for. #### Translation Principles From b67ff3d7f3624b15a4fddc65869e44e6d4de6276 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesse Griffin Date: Thu, 30 Nov 2017 09:46:49 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 4/7] Unordered list indentation fixes --- checking/good/01.md | 12 ++++---- checking/level1-affirm/01.md | 4 +-- intro/finding-answers/01.md | 8 +++--- intro/uw-intro/01.md | 20 ++++++------- process/pretranslation-training/01.md | 4 +-- process/setup-team/01.md | 10 +++---- translate/figs-distinguish/01.md | 26 ++++++++--------- translate/figs-euphemism/01.md | 8 +++--- translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md | 8 +++--- translate/figs-irony/01.md | 10 +++---- translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md | 6 ++-- translate/figs-possession/01.md | 38 ++++++++++++------------- translate/figs-pronouns/01.md | 6 ++-- translate/figs-quotemarks/01.md | 4 +-- translate/resources-types/01.md | 4 +-- translate/translate-textvariants/01.md | 10 +++---- translate/translate-unknown/01.md | 18 ++++++------ translate/translate-wforw/01.md | 6 ++-- translate/translation-difficulty/01.md | 24 ++++++++-------- translate/writing-background/01.md | 12 ++++---- translate/writing-connectingwords/01.md | 6 ++-- translate/writing-poetry/01.md | 12 ++++---- translate/writing-proverbs/01.md | 2 +- 23 files changed, 129 insertions(+), 129 deletions(-) diff --git a/checking/good/01.md b/checking/good/01.md index 76ac93d..89ea09e 100644 --- a/checking/good/01.md +++ b/checking/good/01.md @@ -15,15 +15,15 @@ If there are any remaining problems, make a note of them here for the attention Names and positions of the level 2 checkers: * Name: - * Position: + * Position: * Name: - * Position: + * Position: * Name: - * Position: + * Position: * Name: - * Position: + * Position: * Name: - * Position: + * Position: * Name: - * Position: + * Position: diff --git a/checking/level1-affirm/01.md b/checking/level1-affirm/01.md index 8e22920..2a27eae 100644 --- a/checking/level1-affirm/01.md +++ b/checking/level1-affirm/01.md @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ We, the members of the translation team, affirm that we have completed the steps below for level 1 checking: * Initial study of the text, using: - * The translationNotes - * The definitions of translationWords + * The translationNotes + * The definitions of translationWords * Individual blind drafting * Individual self check * Peer check diff --git a/intro/finding-answers/01.md b/intro/finding-answers/01.md index 91e4268..90e552d 100644 --- a/intro/finding-answers/01.md +++ b/intro/finding-answers/01.md @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ There are several resources available for finding answers to questions: * **translationAcademy** - This training manual is available at http://ufw.io/ta and has much information including: - * [Introduction](../ta-intro/01.md) - introduces the unfoldingWord project - * [Process Manual](../../process/process-manual/01.md) - answers the question "what next?" - * [Translation Manual](../../translate/translate-manual/01.md) - explains the basics of translation theory and practical translation helps - * [Checking Manual](../../checking/intro-check/01.md) - explains the basics of checking theory and best practices + * [Introduction](../ta-intro/01.md) - introduces the unfoldingWord project + * [Process Manual](../../process/process-manual/01.md) - answers the question "what next?" + * [Translation Manual](../../translate/translate-manual/01.md) - explains the basics of translation theory and practical translation helps + * [Checking Manual](../../checking/intro-check/01.md) - explains the basics of checking theory and best practices * **Slack Chatroom** - Join the Team43 community, post your questions to the "#helpdesk" channel, and get real-time answers to your questions (sign up at http://ufw.io/team43) * **Helpdesk** - email with your questions diff --git a/intro/uw-intro/01.md b/intro/uw-intro/01.md index 3ba1f36..5bf24ff 100644 --- a/intro/uw-intro/01.md +++ b/intro/uw-intro/01.md @@ -26,18 +26,18 @@ How do we accomplish the goal of **unrestricted biblical content in every langua ### What Do We Do? * **Content** - We create and make available for translation free and unrestricted biblical content. See http://ufw.io/content/ for a complete list of resources and translations. Here are a few samples: - * **Open Bible Stories** - a chronological mini-Bible comprising 50 key stories of the Bible, from Creation to Revelation, for evangelism and discipleship, in print, audio, and video (see http://ufw.io/stories/). - * **the Bible** - the only inspired, inerrant, sufficient, authoritative Word of God made available under an open license for unrestricted translation, use, and distribution (see http://ufw.io/bible/). - * **translationNotes** - linguistic, cultural, and exegetical helps for translators. They exist for Open Bible Stories and the Bible (see http://ufw.io/tn/). - * **translationQuestions** - questions for each chunk of text that translators and checkers can ask to help ensure that their translation is understood correctly. Available for Open Bible Stories and the Bible (see http://ufw.io/tq/). - * **translationWords** - a list of important Biblical terms with a short explanation, cross references, and translation aids. Useful for Open Bible Stories and the Bible (see http://ufw.io/tw/). + * **Open Bible Stories** - a chronological mini-Bible comprising 50 key stories of the Bible, from Creation to Revelation, for evangelism and discipleship, in print, audio, and video (see http://ufw.io/stories/). + * **the Bible** - the only inspired, inerrant, sufficient, authoritative Word of God made available under an open license for unrestricted translation, use, and distribution (see http://ufw.io/bible/). + * **translationNotes** - linguistic, cultural, and exegetical helps for translators. They exist for Open Bible Stories and the Bible (see http://ufw.io/tn/). + * **translationQuestions** - questions for each chunk of text that translators and checkers can ask to help ensure that their translation is understood correctly. Available for Open Bible Stories and the Bible (see http://ufw.io/tq/). + * **translationWords** - a list of important Biblical terms with a short explanation, cross references, and translation aids. Useful for Open Bible Stories and the Bible (see http://ufw.io/tw/). * **Tools** - We create translation, checking, and distribution tools that are free and open-licensed. See http://ufw.io/tools/ for a complete list of tools. Here are a few samples: - * **Door43** - an online translation platform where people can collaborate on translation and checking, also the content management system for unfoldingWord (see https://door43.org/). - * **translationStudio** - a mobile app and a desktop app where translators can do offline translating (see http://ufw.io/ts/). - * **translationKeyboard** - a web and mobile app to help users create and use custom keyboards for languages without them (see http://ufw.io/tk/). - * **unfoldingWord app** - a mobile app where translations can be distributed (see http://ufw.io/uw/). - * **translationCore** - a program that enables comprehensive checking of Bible translations (see http://ufw.io/tc/). + * **Door43** - an online translation platform where people can collaborate on translation and checking, also the content management system for unfoldingWord (see https://door43.org/). + * **translationStudio** - a mobile app and a desktop app where translators can do offline translating (see http://ufw.io/ts/). + * **translationKeyboard** - a web and mobile app to help users create and use custom keyboards for languages without them (see http://ufw.io/tk/). + * **unfoldingWord app** - a mobile app where translations can be distributed (see http://ufw.io/uw/). + * **translationCore** - a program that enables comprehensive checking of Bible translations (see http://ufw.io/tc/). * **Training** - We create resources to train mother tongue translation teams. translationAcademy (this resource) is our primary training tool. We also have audio recording and training resources. See http://ufw.io/training/ for a complete list of training materials. diff --git a/process/pretranslation-training/01.md b/process/pretranslation-training/01.md index 07f541e..d00b7e9 100644 --- a/process/pretranslation-training/01.md +++ b/process/pretranslation-training/01.md @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ Some important subjects that must be learned before starting a translation proje * [The Qualities of a Good Translation](../../translate/guidelines-intro/01.md) - The definition of a good translation * [The Translation Process](../../translate/translate-process/01.md) - How a good translation is made - * [Form and Meaning](../../translate/translate-fandm/01.md) - The difference between form and meaning - * [Meaning-Based Translations](../../translate/translate-dynamic/01.md) - How to make a meaning-based translation + * [Form and Meaning](../../translate/translate-fandm/01.md) - The difference between form and meaning + * [Meaning-Based Translations](../../translate/translate-dynamic/01.md) - How to make a meaning-based translation Some other important topics as you get started include: diff --git a/process/setup-team/01.md b/process/setup-team/01.md index 19b09ea..2910612 100644 --- a/process/setup-team/01.md +++ b/process/setup-team/01.md @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ As you begin selecting a translation and checking team, there are many different * [Choosing a Translation Team](../../translate/choose-team/01.md) - Describes many of the roles that are needed * [Translator Qualifications](../../translate/qualifications/01.md) - Describes some of the skills needed by the translators * Remember that everyone on the team needs to sign a statement that they agree with (forms are available at http://ufw.io/forms/ ): - * [Statement of Faith](../../intro/statement-of-faith/01.md) - * [Translation Guidelines](../../intro/translation-guidelines/01.md) - * [Open License](../../intro/open-license/01.md) + * [Statement of Faith](../../intro/statement-of-faith/01.md) + * [Translation Guidelines](../../intro/translation-guidelines/01.md) + * [Open License](../../intro/open-license/01.md) * Everyone on the team also needs to know the qualities of a good translation (see [The Qualities of a Good Translation](../../translate/guidelines-intro/01.md)). * The team will also need to know where they can find answers (see [Finding Answers](../../intro/finding-answers/01.md)). @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ There are many decisions the translation team will have to make, many of them ri * [Choosing What to Translate](../../translate/translation-difficulty/01.md) - Choosing what to translate first is another decision to be made * [Choosing a Source Text](../../translate/translate-source-text/01.md) - Choosing a good source text is very important - * [Copyrights, Licensing, and Source Texts](../../translate/translate-source-licensing/01.md) - Copyright issues must be considered when choosing a source text - * [Source Texts and Version Numbers](../../translate/translate-source-version/01.md) - Translating from the latest version of a source text is best + * [Copyrights, Licensing, and Source Texts](../../translate/translate-source-licensing/01.md) - Copyright issues must be considered when choosing a source text + * [Source Texts and Version Numbers](../../translate/translate-source-version/01.md) - Translating from the latest version of a source text is best * [Alphabet/Orthography](../../translate/translate-alphabet/01.md) - Many languages have alphabet decisions that need to be made * [Decisions for Writing Your Language](../../translate/writing-decisions/01.md) - Writing style, punctuation, translating names, spelling, and other decisions have to be made diff --git a/translate/figs-distinguish/01.md b/translate/figs-distinguish/01.md index 3bba1d6..ba95a4e 100644 --- a/translate/figs-distinguish/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-distinguish/01.md @@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ In some languages, phrases that modify a noun can be used with the noun for two Some languages use a comma to mark the difference between making a distinction between similar items and gving more information about an item. Without the comma, the sentence below communicates that it is making a distinction: * Mary gave some of the food to her sister who was very thankful. - * If her sister was usually thankful, the phrase "who was thankful" could **distinguish this sister** of Mary's from another sister who was not usually thankful. + * If her sister was usually thankful, the phrase "who was thankful" could **distinguish this sister** of Mary's from another sister who was not usually thankful. With the comma, the sentence is giving more information: * Mary gave some of the food to her sister, who was very thankful. - * This same phrase can be used give us more information about Mary's sister. It tells us about **how Mary's sister responded** when Mary gave her the food. In this case it does not distinguish one sister from another sister. + * This same phrase can be used give us more information about Mary's sister. It tells us about **how Mary's sister responded** when Mary gave her the food. In this case it does not distinguish one sister from another sister. ### Reasons this is a translation issue @@ -55,21 +55,21 @@ If people would understand the purpose of a phrase with a noun, then consider ke 1. Put the information in another part of the sentence and add words that show its purpose. - * **I hate those who serve worthless idols** (Psalm 31:6 ULB) - By saying "worthless idols," David was commenting about all idols and giving his reason for hating those who serve them. He was not distinguishing worthless idols from valuable idols. - * Because idols are worthless, I hate those who serve them. + * **I hate those who serve worthless idols** (Psalm 31:6 ULB) - By saying "worthless idols," David was commenting about all idols and giving his reason for hating those who serve them. He was not distinguishing worthless idols from valuable idols. + * Because idols are worthless, I hate those who serve them. - * **... for your righteous judgments are good.** (Psalm 119:39 ULB) - * ... for your judgments are good because they are righteous. + * **... for your righteous judgments are good.** (Psalm 119:39 ULB) + * ... for your judgments are good because they are righteous. - * **Can Sarah, who is ninety years old, bear a son?** (Genesis 17:17-18 ULB) - The phrase "who is ninety years old" is a reminder of Sarah's age. It tells why Abraham was asking the question. He did not expect that a woman who was that old could bear a child. - * Can Sarah bear a son even when she is ninety years old? + * **Can Sarah, who is ninety years old, bear a son?** (Genesis 17:17-18 ULB) - The phrase "who is ninety years old" is a reminder of Sarah's age. It tells why Abraham was asking the question. He did not expect that a woman who was that old could bear a child. + * Can Sarah bear a son even when she is ninety years old? - * **I will call on Yahweh, who is worthy to be praised** (2 Samuel 22:4 ULB) - There is only one Yahweh. The phrase "who is worthy to be praised" gives a reason for calling on Yahweh. - * I will call on Yahweh, because he is worthy to be praised + * **I will call on Yahweh, who is worthy to be praised** (2 Samuel 22:4 ULB) - There is only one Yahweh. The phrase "who is worthy to be praised" gives a reason for calling on Yahweh. + * I will call on Yahweh, because he is worthy to be praised 1. Use one of your language's ways for expressing that this is just added information. - * **You are my Son, whom I love. I am pleased with you.** (Luke 3:22 ULB) - * You are my Son. I love you and I am pleased with you. - * Receiving my love, you are my Son. I am pleased with you. + * **You are my Son, whom I love. I am pleased with you.** (Luke 3:22 ULB) + * You are my Son. I love you and I am pleased with you. + * Receiving my love, you are my Son. I am pleased with you. diff --git a/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md b/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md index 2d4ab4c..ab9ad6b 100644 --- a/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md @@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ If euphemism would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consi 1. Use a euphemism from your own culture. * **... where there was a cave. Saul went inside to relieve himself.** (1 Samuel 24:3 ULB) - Some languages might use euphemisms like these: - * "...where there was a cave. Saul went into the cave to dig a hole" - * "...where there was a cave. Saul went into the cave to have some time alone" + * "...where there was a cave. Saul went into the cave to dig a hole" + * "...where there was a cave. Saul went into the cave to have some time alone" * **Mary said to the angel, “How will this happen, since I have not slept with any man?”** (Luke 1:34 ULB) - * Mary said to the angel, “How will this happen, since I do not know a man?” - (This is the euphemism used in the original Greek) + * Mary said to the angel, “How will this happen, since I do not know a man?” - (This is the euphemism used in the original Greek) 1. State the information plainly without a euphemism if it would not be offensive. * **they found Saul and his sons fallen on Mount Gilboa.** (1 Chronicles 10:8 ULB) - * "they found Saul and his sons dead on Mount Gilboa." + * "they found Saul and his sons dead on Mount Gilboa." diff --git a/translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md b/translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md index 99e342f..c2feb6a 100644 --- a/translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md @@ -30,16 +30,16 @@ In the biblical languages, it was normal to introduce direct speech with two ver 1. If the explicit information of the source language sounds natural in the target language, then translate it as explicit information. - * There would be no change to the text using this strategy, so no examples are given here. + * There would be no change to the text using this strategy, so no examples are given here. 1. If the explicit information does not sound natural in the target language or seems unnecessary or confusing, leave the explicit information implicit. Only do this if the reader can understand this information from the context. You can test this by asking the reader a question about the passage. - * **And Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower to burn it with fire.** (Judges 9:52 ESV) - * Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower to burn it. Or …to set it on fire. + * **And Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower to burn it with fire.** (Judges 9:52 ESV) + * Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower to burn it. Or …to set it on fire. In English, it is clear that the action of this verse follows the action of the previous verse without the use of the connector “and” at the beginning, so it was omitted. Also, the words “with fire” were left out, because this information is communicated implicitly by the word “burn.” An alternative translation for “to burn it” is “to set it on fire.” It is not natural in English to use both “burn” and “fire,” so the English translator should choose only one of them. You can test if the readers understood the implicit information by asking, “How would the door burn?” If they knew it was by fire, then they have understood the implicit information. Or, if you chose the second option, you could ask, “What happens to a door that is set on fire?” If the readers answer, “It burns,” then they have understood the implicit information. * **The centurion answered and said, "Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof…”** (Matthew 8:8 ULB) - * The centurion answered, "Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof…” + * The centurion answered, "Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof…” In English, the information that the centurion answered by speaking is included in the verb “answered,” so the verb “said” can be left implicit. You can test if the readers understood the implicit information by asking, “How did the centurion answer?” If they knew it was by speaking, then they have understood the implicit information. diff --git a/translate/figs-irony/01.md b/translate/figs-irony/01.md index 491a15f..25da132 100644 --- a/translate/figs-irony/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-irony/01.md @@ -44,19 +44,19 @@ If the irony would be understood correctly in your language, translate it as it 1. Translate it in a way that shows that the speaker is saying what someone else believes. * **How well you reject the commandment of God so you may keep your tradition!** (Mark 7:9 ULB) - * You think that you are doing well when you reject God's commandment so you may keep your tradition! - * You act like it is good to reject God's commandment so you may keep your tradition! + * You think that you are doing well when you reject God's commandment so you may keep your tradition! + * You act like it is good to reject God's commandment so you may keep your tradition! * **I did not come to call righteous people to repentance, but to call sinners to repentance.** (Luke 5:32 ULB) - * I did not come to call people who think that they are righteous to repentance, but to call sinners to repentance. + * I did not come to call people who think that they are righteous to repentance, but to call sinners to repentance. 1. Translate the actual, intended meaning of the statement of irony. * **How well you reject the commandment of God so you may keep your tradition!** (Mark 7:9 ULB) - * You are doing a terrible thing when you reject the commandment of God so you may keep your tradition! + * You are doing a terrible thing when you reject the commandment of God so you may keep your tradition! * **"Present your case," says Yahweh; "present your best arguments for your idols," says the King of Jacob. "Let them bring us their own arguments; have them come forward and declare to us what will happen, so we may know these things well. Have them tell us of earlier predictive declarations, so we can reflect on them and know how they were fulfilled."** (Isaiah 41:21-22 ULB) - * 'Present your case,' says Yahweh; 'present your best arguments for your idols,' says the King of Jacob. Your idols cannot bring us their own arguments or come forward to declare to us what will happen so we may know these things well. We cannot hear them because they cannot speak to tell us their earlier predictive declarations, so we cannot reflect on them and know how they were fulfilled. + * 'Present your case,' says Yahweh; 'present your best arguments for your idols,' says the King of Jacob. Your idols cannot bring us their own arguments or come forward to declare to us what will happen so we may know these things well. We cannot hear them because they cannot speak to tell us their earlier predictive declarations, so we cannot reflect on them and know how they were fulfilled. * **Can you lead light and darkness to their places of work?** diff --git a/translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md b/translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md index d137249..c210ec3 100644 --- a/translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md @@ -43,15 +43,15 @@ If the past tense would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, 1. Use the future tense to refer to future events. * **For to us a child has been born, to us a son has been given;** (Isaiah 9:6a ULB) - * "For to us a child will be born, to us a son will be given; + * "For to us a child will be born, to us a son will be given; 1. If it refers to something that would happen very soon, use a form that shows that. * **Yahweh said to Joshua, "See, I have handed over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers."** (Joshua 6:2 ULB) - * Yahweh said to Joshua, "See, I am about to hand over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers." + * Yahweh said to Joshua, "See, I am about to hand over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers." 1. Some languages may use the present tense to show that something will happen very soon. * **Yahweh said to Joshua, "See, I have handed over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers."** (Joshua 6:2 ULB) - * Yahweh said to Joshua, "See, I am handing over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers." + * Yahweh said to Joshua, "See, I am handing over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers." diff --git a/translate/figs-possession/01.md b/translate/figs-possession/01.md index 068bb50..fb820f6 100644 --- a/translate/figs-possession/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-possession/01.md @@ -10,15 +10,15 @@ In common English, "possession" refers to having something, or to something that Possession is used in Hebrew, Greek, and English for a variety of situations. Here are a few common situations that it is used for. * Ownership - Someone owns something. - * My clothes - The clothes that I own + * My clothes - The clothes that I own * Social relationship - Someone has some kind of social relationship with another. - * my mother - the woman who gave birth to me, or the woman who cared for me - * my teacher - the person who teaches me + * my mother - the woman who gave birth to me, or the woman who cared for me + * my teacher - the person who teaches me * Contents - Something has something in it. - * a bag of potatoes - a bag that has potatoes in it, or a bag that is full of potatoes + * a bag of potatoes - a bag that has potatoes in it, or a bag that is full of potatoes * Part and whole: One thing is part of another. - * my head - the head that is part of my body - * the roof of a house - the roof that is part of a house + * my head - the head that is part of my body + * the roof of a house - the roof that is part of a house #### Reasons this is a translation issue @@ -82,26 +82,26 @@ If possession would be a natural way to show a particular relationship between t 1. Use an adjective to show that one describes the other. The adjective below is in **bold** print. - * **On their heads were something like crowns of gold** (Revelation 9:7) - * "On their heads were **gold** crowns" + * **On their heads were something like crowns of gold** (Revelation 9:7) + * "On their heads were **gold** crowns" 1. Use a verb to show how the two are related. In the example below, the added verb is in bold. - * ** ... Whoever gives you a cup of water to drink ... will not lose his reward.** (Mark 9:41 ULB) - * ... Whoever gives you a cup that **has** water in it to drink ... will not lose his reward. + * ** ... Whoever gives you a cup of water to drink ... will not lose his reward.** (Mark 9:41 ULB) + * ... Whoever gives you a cup that **has** water in it to drink ... will not lose his reward. - * **Wealth is worthless on the day of wrath** (Proverbs 11:4 ULB) - * Wealth is worthless on the day when God **shows** his wrath. - * Wealth is worthless on the day when God **punishes** people because of his wrath. + * **Wealth is worthless on the day of wrath** (Proverbs 11:4 ULB) + * Wealth is worthless on the day when God **shows** his wrath. + * Wealth is worthless on the day when God **punishes** people because of his wrath. 1. If one of the nouns refers to an event, translate it as a verb. In the example below, that verb is in bold. - * **Notice that I am not speaking to your children, who have not known or seen the punishment of Yahweh your God,** (Deuteronomy 11:2 ULB) - * Notice that I am not speaking to your children who have not known or seen how Yahweh your God **punished** the people of Egypt. + * **Notice that I am not speaking to your children, who have not known or seen the punishment of Yahweh your God,** (Deuteronomy 11:2 ULB) + * Notice that I am not speaking to your children who have not known or seen how Yahweh your God **punished** the people of Egypt. - * **You will only observe and see the punishment of the wicked.** (Psalms 91:8 ULB) - * You will only observe and see how Yahweh **punishes** the wicked. + * **You will only observe and see the punishment of the wicked.** (Psalms 91:8 ULB) + * You will only observe and see how Yahweh **punishes** the wicked. - * **... you will receive the gift of the Holy Spirit.** (Acts 2:38 ULB) - * ... you will receive the Holy Spirit, whom God will **give** to you. + * **... you will receive the gift of the Holy Spirit.** (Acts 2:38 ULB) + * ... you will receive the Holy Spirit, whom God will **give** to you. diff --git a/translate/figs-pronouns/01.md b/translate/figs-pronouns/01.md index 308e792..acc7f30 100644 --- a/translate/figs-pronouns/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-pronouns/01.md @@ -11,16 +11,16 @@ Personal pronouns refer to people or things and show if the speaker is referring #### Person * First Person - The speaker and possibly others (I, we) - * [Exclusive and Inclusive "We"](../figs-exclusive/01.md) + * [Exclusive and Inclusive "We"](../figs-exclusive/01.md) * Second Person - The person or people that the speaker is talking to and possibly others (you) - * [Forms of You](../figs-you/01.md) + * [Forms of You](../figs-you/01.md) * Third Person - Someone or something other than the speaker and those he is talking to (he, she, it, they) #### Number * Singular - one (I, you, he, she, it) * Plural - more than one (we, you, they) - * [Singular Pronouns that Refer to Groups](../figs-youcrowd/01.md) + * [Singular Pronouns that Refer to Groups](../figs-youcrowd/01.md) * Dual - two (Some languages have pronouns for specifically two people or two things.) #### Gender diff --git a/translate/figs-quotemarks/01.md b/translate/figs-quotemarks/01.md index 9f8cc18..36b1994 100644 --- a/translate/figs-quotemarks/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-quotemarks/01.md @@ -65,10 +65,10 @@ Here are some ways you may be able to help readers see where each quote starts a * They told him that a man came to meet them who said to them, "Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, 'Yahweh says this: "Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die." ' " -1. If a quotation is very long and has many layers of quotation in it, indent the main overall quote, and use quote marks only for the direct quotes inside of it. +1. If a quotation is very long and has many layers of quotation in it, indent the main overall quote, and use quote marks only for the direct quotes inside of it. >They said to him, "A man came to meet us who said to us, 'Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, "Yahweh says this: 'Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.' " ' " (2 Kings 1:6 ULB) * They said to him, - * A man came to meet us who said to us, "Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, 'Yahweh says this: "Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die." ' " + * A man came to meet us who said to us, "Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, 'Yahweh says this: "Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die." ' " diff --git a/translate/resources-types/01.md b/translate/resources-types/01.md index 1f1315d..36ec6c4 100644 --- a/translate/resources-types/01.md +++ b/translate/resources-types/01.md @@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ #### To translate from the ULB * Read the ULB. Do you understand the meaning of the text so that you can accurately, clearly, and naturally translate the meaning into your language? - * YES? Start translating. + * YES? Start translating. * NO? Look at the UDB. Does the UDB help you understand the meaning of the ULB text? - * YES? Start translating. + * YES? Start translating. * NO? Read the translationNotes for help. TranslationNotes are words or phrases copied from the ULB and then explained. In English, every Note that explains the ULB starts the same. There is a bullet point, the ULB text is in bold followed by a dash, and then there are translation suggestions or information for the translator. The Notes follow this format: diff --git a/translate/translate-textvariants/01.md b/translate/translate-textvariants/01.md index cf06ade..eddede8 100644 --- a/translate/translate-textvariants/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-textvariants/01.md @@ -32,15 +32,15 @@ When there is a textual variant, you may choose to follow the ULB or another ver The translation strategies are applied to Mark 7:14-16 ULB, which has a footnote about verse 16. * 14**He called the crowd again and said to them, "Listen to me, all of you, and understand. 15There is nothing from outside of a person that can defile him when it enters into him. It is what comes out of the person that defiles him."** 16[1] - * **[1]The best ancient copies omit v. 16. *If any man has ears to hear, let him hear*.** + * **[1]The best ancient copies omit v. 16. *If any man has ears to hear, let him hear*.** 1. Translate the verses that the ULB does and include the footnote that the ULB provides. - * 14He called the crowd again and said to them, "Listen to me, all of you, and understand. 15There is nothing from outside of a person that can defile him when it enters into him. It is what comes out of the person that defiles him." 16[1] - * [1]The best ancient copies omit verse 16. *If any man has ears to hear, let him hear*. + * 14He called the crowd again and said to them, "Listen to me, all of you, and understand. 15There is nothing from outside of a person that can defile him when it enters into him. It is what comes out of the person that defiles him." 16[1] + * [1]The best ancient copies omit verse 16. *If any man has ears to hear, let him hear*. 1. Translate the verses as another version does, and change the footnote so that it fits this situation. - * 14He called the crowd again and said to them, "Listen to me, all of you, and understand. 15There is nothing from outside of a person that can defile him when it enters into him. It is what comes out of the person that defiles him. 16If any man has ears to hear, let him hear." [1] - * [1]Some ancient copies do not have verse 16. + * 14He called the crowd again and said to them, "Listen to me, all of you, and understand. 15There is nothing from outside of a person that can defile him when it enters into him. It is what comes out of the person that defiles him. 16If any man has ears to hear, let him hear." [1] + * [1]Some ancient copies do not have verse 16. diff --git a/translate/translate-unknown/01.md b/translate/translate-unknown/01.md index 5d652dd..4003c93 100644 --- a/translate/translate-unknown/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-unknown/01.md @@ -52,37 +52,37 @@ Here are ways you might translate a term that is not known in your language: 1. Use a phrase that describes what the unknown item is, or what is important about the unknown item for the verse being translated. * **Beware of false prophets, those who come to you in sheep's clothing, but are truly ravenous wolves.** (Matthew 7:15 ULB) - * Beware of false prophets, those who come to you in sheep's clothing, but are truly hungry and dangerous animals. + * Beware of false prophets, those who come to you in sheep's clothing, but are truly hungry and dangerous animals. "Ravenous wolves" is part of a metaphor here, so the reader needs to know that they are very dangerous to sheep in order to understand this metaphor. (If sheep are also unknown, then you will need to also use one of the translation strategies to translate sheep, or change the metaphor to something else, using a translation strategy for metaphors. See [Translating Metaphors](../figs-metaphor/01.md).) * **We have here only five loaves of bread and two fish** (Matthew 14:17 ULB) - * We have here only five loaves of baked grain seeds and two fish + * We have here only five loaves of baked grain seeds and two fish 1. Substitute something similar from your language if doing so does not falsely represent a historical fact. * **your sins ... will be white like snow** (Isaiah 1:18 ULB) This verse is not about snow. It uses snow in a figure of speech to help people understand how white something will be. - * your sins ... will be white like milk - * your sins ... will be white like the moon + * your sins ... will be white like milk + * your sins ... will be white like the moon 1. Copy the word from another language, and add a general word or descriptive phrase to help people understand it. * **Then they tried to give Jesus wine that was mixed with myrrh. But he refused to drink it.** (Mark 15:23 ULB) - People may understand better what myrrh is if it is used with the general word "medicine." - * Then they tried to give Jesus wine that was mixed with a medicine called myrrh. But he refused to drink it. + * Then they tried to give Jesus wine that was mixed with a medicine called myrrh. But he refused to drink it. * **We have here only five loaves of bread and two fish** (Matthew 14:17 ULB) - People may understand better what bread is if it is used with a phrase that tells what it is made of (seeds) and how it is prepared (crushed and baked). - * We have here only five loaves of baked crushed seed bread and two fish + * We have here only five loaves of baked crushed seed bread and two fish 1. Use a word that is more general in meaning. * **I will turn Jerusalem into piles of ruins, a hideout for jackals** (Jeremiah 9:11 ULB) - * I will turn Jerusalem into piles of ruins, a hideout for wild dogs + * I will turn Jerusalem into piles of ruins, a hideout for wild dogs * **We have here only five loaves of bread and two fish** (Matthew 14:17 ULB) - * We have here only five loaves of baked food and two fish + * We have here only five loaves of baked food and two fish 1. Use a word or phrase that is more specific in meaning. * **to him who made great lights** (Psalm 136:7 ULB) - * to him who made the sun and the moon + * to him who made the sun and the moon diff --git a/translate/translate-wforw/01.md b/translate/translate-wforw/01.md index 210bac6..02e63c1 100644 --- a/translate/translate-wforw/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-wforw/01.md @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ A word-for-word substitution is the most literal form of translation. It is not * The focus is on one word at a time. * The natural sentence structure, phrase structures and figures of speech of the target language are ignored. * The process of word-for-word translation is very simple. - * The first word in the source text is translated by an equivalent word. - * Then the next word is done. This continues until the verse is translated. + * The first word in the source text is translated by an equivalent word. + * Then the next word is done. This continues until the verse is translated. * The word-for-word approach is attractive because it is so simple. However, it results in a poor quality translation. Word-for-word substitution results in translations that are awkward to read. They are often confusing and give the wrong meaning or even no meaning at all. You should avoid doing this type of translation. Here are some examples: @@ -48,4 +48,4 @@ A word-for-word translation process might use the same word in both verses, even #### Figures of Speech -Finally, figures of speech are not conveyed correctly in a word-for-word translation. Figures of speech have meanings that are different from the individual words that they are made up of. When they are translated word-for-word, the meaning of the figure of speech is lost. Even if they are translated so that they follow the normal word order of the target language, readers will not understand their meaning. See the [Figures of Speech](../figs-intro/01.md) page to learn how to correctly translate them. \ No newline at end of file +Finally, figures of speech are not conveyed correctly in a word-for-word translation. Figures of speech have meanings that are different from the individual words that they are made up of. When they are translated word-for-word, the meaning of the figure of speech is lost. Even if they are translated so that they follow the normal word order of the target language, readers will not understand their meaning. See the [Figures of Speech](../figs-intro/01.md) page to learn how to correctly translate them. diff --git a/translate/translation-difficulty/01.md b/translate/translation-difficulty/01.md index 921b729..9a44187 100644 --- a/translate/translation-difficulty/01.md +++ b/translate/translation-difficulty/01.md @@ -22,30 +22,30 @@ In general, books that have more abstract, poetic, and theologically loaded term #### Difficulty Level 5 (Most Difficult to Translate) * Old Testament - * Job, Psalms, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel + * Job, Psalms, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel * New Testament - * Romans, Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians, Hebrews + * Romans, Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians, Hebrews #### Difficulty Level 4 * Old Testament - * Leviticus, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Song of Songs, Lamentations, Daniel, Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, Micah, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephanaiah, Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi + * Leviticus, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Song of Songs, Lamentations, Daniel, Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, Micah, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephanaiah, Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi * New Testament - * John, 1-2 Corinthians, 1-2 Thessalonians, 1-2 Peter, 1 John, Jude + * John, 1-2 Corinthians, 1-2 Thessalonians, 1-2 Peter, 1 John, Jude #### Difficulty Level 3 * Old Testament - * Genesis, Exodus, Numbers, Deuteronomy + * Genesis, Exodus, Numbers, Deuteronomy * New Testament - * Matthew, Mark, Luke, Acts, 1-2 Timothy, Titus, Philemon, James, 2-3 John, Revelation + * Matthew, Mark, Luke, Acts, 1-2 Timothy, Titus, Philemon, James, 2-3 John, Revelation #### Difficulty Level 2 * Old Testament - * Joshua, Judges, Ruth, 1-2 Samuel, 1-2 Kings, 1-2 Chronicles, Ezra, Nehemiah, Esther, Jonah + * Joshua, Judges, Ruth, 1-2 Samuel, 1-2 Kings, 1-2 Chronicles, Ezra, Nehemiah, Esther, Jonah * New Testament - * *none* + * *none* #### Difficulty Level 1 (Easiest to Translate) @@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ In general, books that have more abstract, poetic, and theologically loaded term Though Open Bible Stories was not assessed according to this rating system, it should fall under Difficulty Level 1. We recommend that you begin by translating Open Bible Stories. There are many good reasons to start by translating Open Bible Stories: * Open Bible Stories was designed to be easily translated. - * It is largely narrative. - * Many difficult phrases and words have been simplified. - * It has many pictures to help the translator understand the text. + * It is largely narrative. + * Many difficult phrases and words have been simplified. + * It has many pictures to help the translator understand the text. * Open Bible Stories is much shorter than the Bible or even the New Testament, so it can be quickly completed and distributed to the Church. * Since it is not Scripture, Open Bible Stories removes the fear that many translators have of translating the Word of God. * Translating Open Bible Stories before translating the Bible gives the translators experience and training in translation, so that when they translate the. @@ -79,4 +79,4 @@ You can work your way through the Stories in whatever order that you want, but w Ultimately, the church needs to decide what they want to translate, and in what order. But because translation is a skill that improves with use, and because the translation and checking teams can learn so much about translating the Bible by translating Open Bible Stories, and because of the immense value that the translated Open Bible Stories gives to the local church, we highly recommend starting your translation project with Open Bible Stories. -After translating Open Bible Stories, the church will need to decide if it would be more beneficial to start with how everything began (Genesis, Exodus) or with Jesus (New Testament gospels). In either case, we recommend starting Bible translation with some of the Difficulty Level 2 and 3 books (like Genesis, Ruth, and Mark). Finally, after the translation team has a lot of experience, then they can start translating Difficulty Level 4 and 5 books (like John, Hebrews, and Psalms). If the translation team follows this schedule, they will make better translations with far fewer mistakes. \ No newline at end of file +After translating Open Bible Stories, the church will need to decide if it would be more beneficial to start with how everything began (Genesis, Exodus) or with Jesus (New Testament gospels). In either case, we recommend starting Bible translation with some of the Difficulty Level 2 and 3 books (like Genesis, Ruth, and Mark). Finally, after the translation team has a lot of experience, then they can start translating Difficulty Level 4 and 5 books (like John, Hebrews, and Psalms). If the translation team follows this schedule, they will make better translations with far fewer mistakes. diff --git a/translate/writing-background/01.md b/translate/writing-background/01.md index 786005b..56a2ca4 100644 --- a/translate/writing-background/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-background/01.md @@ -21,10 +21,10 @@ Background information can also be marked with words that tell the reader that t * To help the listeners understand why something is important in the story * To tell the setting of a story * Setting includes: - * where the story takes place - * when the story takes place - * who is present when the story begins - * what is happening when the story begins + * where the story takes place + * when the story takes place + * who is present when the story begins + * what is happening when the story begins #### Reasons this is a translation issue @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ To keep translations clear and natural you will need to study how people tell st 1. Reorder the information so that earlier events are mentioned first. * **Hagar gave birth to Abram's son, and Abram named his son, whom Hagar bore, Ishmael. Abram was eighty-six years old when Hagar bore Ishmael to Abram.** (Genesis 16:16 ULB) - * "When Abram was eighty-six years old, Hagar gave birth to his son, and Abram named his son Ishmael." + * "When Abram was eighty-six years old, Hagar gave birth to his son, and Abram named his son Ishmael." * **John also rebuked Herod the tetrarch for marrying his brother's wife, Herodias, and for all the other evil things that Herod had done. But then Herod did another very evil thing. He had John locked up in prison.** (Luke 3:18-20) - The translation below reorders John's rebuke and Herod's actions. - * "Now Herod the tetrarch married his brother's wife, Herodias, and he did many other evil things, so John rebuked him. But then Herod did another very evil thing. He had John locked up in prison." + * "Now Herod the tetrarch married his brother's wife, Herodias, and he did many other evil things, so John rebuked him. But then Herod did another very evil thing. He had John locked up in prison." diff --git a/translate/writing-connectingwords/01.md b/translate/writing-connectingwords/01.md index cdda147..58bb0b0 100644 --- a/translate/writing-connectingwords/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-connectingwords/01.md @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ If the way the relationship between thoughts is shown in the ULB would be natura 1. Use a connecting word (even if the ULB does not use one). * **Jesus said to them, "Come after me, and I will make you become fishers of men." Immediately they left the nets and went after him.** (Mark 1:17-18 ULB) - They followed Jesus because he told them to. Some translators may want to mark this with "so." - * Jesus said to them, "Come after me, and I will make you become fishers of men." So immediately they left the nets and went after him. + * Jesus said to them, "Come after me, and I will make you become fishers of men." So immediately they left the nets and went after him. 1. Do not use a connecting word if it would be odd to use one and people would understand the right relationship between the thoughts without it. @@ -69,8 +69,8 @@ Some languages might not need the words "but" or "then" here. 1. Use a different connecting word. * **Therefore whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. But whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.** (Matthew 5:19 ULB) Instead of a word like "therefore," a language might need a phrase to indicate that there was a section before it that gave the reason for the section that follows. Also, the word "but" is used here because of the contrast between the two groups of people. But in some languages, the word "but" would show that what comes after it is surprising because of what came before it. So "and" might be clearer for those languages. - * Because of that, whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. And whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven. + * Because of that, whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. And whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven. * **Since the captain could not tell anything because of all the noise, he ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress.** (Acts 21:34 ULB) - Instead of starting the first part of the sentence with "since," some translators might prefer to start the second part of the sentence with "so" to show the same relationship. - * "The captain could not tell anything because of all the noise, so he ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress." + * "The captain could not tell anything because of all the noise, so he ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress." diff --git a/translate/writing-poetry/01.md b/translate/writing-poetry/01.md index b073ed8..daa2f70 100644 --- a/translate/writing-poetry/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-poetry/01.md @@ -9,18 +9,18 @@ Poetry is one of the ways that people use the words and sounds of their language * Many figures of speech such as [Apostrophe](../figs-apostrophe/01.md). * Parallel lines (see [Parallelism](../figs-parallelism/01.md) and [Parallelism with the Same Meaning](../figs-synonparallelism/01.md)) * Repetition of some or all of a line - * **Praise him, all his angels; praise him, all his angel armies. Praise him, sun and moon; praise him, all you shining stars.** (Psalm 148:2-3 ULB) + * **Praise him, all his angels; praise him, all his angel armies. Praise him, sun and moon; praise him, all you shining stars.** (Psalm 148:2-3 ULB) * Lines of similar length. - * **Love is patient and kind; love does not envy or boast; it is not arrogant or rude.** (1 Corinthians 13:4 ULB) + * **Love is patient and kind; love does not envy or boast; it is not arrogant or rude.** (1 Corinthians 13:4 ULB) * The same sound used at the end or at the beginning of two or more lines - * "Twinkle, twinkle little star. How I wonder what you are." (from an English rhyme) + * "Twinkle, twinkle little star. How I wonder what you are." (from an English rhyme) * The same sound repeated many times - * "Peter, Peter, pumpkin eater" (from an English rhyme) + * "Peter, Peter, pumpkin eater" (from an English rhyme) * Old words and expressions * Dramatic imagery * Different use of grammar - including: - * incomplete sentences - * lack of connective words + * incomplete sentences + * lack of connective words #### Some places to look for poetry in your language diff --git a/translate/writing-proverbs/01.md b/translate/writing-proverbs/01.md index 60c3aac..de214ba 100644 --- a/translate/writing-proverbs/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-proverbs/01.md @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Here are some ideas for ways that people might say a proverb in their language. 1. Substitute a proverb in your language that has the same teaching as the proverb in the Bible. * **Do not boast about tomorrow** (Proverbs 27:1 ULB) - * Do not count your chickens before they hatch. + * Do not count your chickens before they hatch. 1. Give the same teaching but not in a form of a proverb. From c485bf3a64886fa10d7ca32fa341321add866c7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesse Griffin Date: Thu, 30 Nov 2017 09:53:07 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 5/7] Header space and unordered list style fixes --- translate/figs-declarative/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md | 10 +++++----- translate/figs-parallelism/01.md | 2 +- translate/figs-sentencetypes/01.md | 15 +++++++-------- translate/translate-formatsignals/01.md | 4 ++-- translate/translate-useulbudb/01.md | 10 +++++----- translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md | 14 +++++++------- 7 files changed, 29 insertions(+), 30 deletions(-) diff --git a/translate/figs-declarative/01.md b/translate/figs-declarative/01.md index c76c2bb..f340b12 100644 --- a/translate/figs-declarative/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-declarative/01.md @@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ By telling a man that his sins were forgiven, Jesus forgave the man's sins. >Seeing their faith, Jesus said to the paralyzed man, "Son, _your sins are forgiven_." (Luke 2:5 ULB) -### Translation Strategies +### Translation Strategies 1. If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, _use a sentence type_ that would express that function. 1. If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, _add a sentence type_ that would express that function. 1. If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, _use a verb form_ that would express that function. -### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied +### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied 1. If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, use a sentence type that would express that function. diff --git a/translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md b/translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md index 1a8588f..4e54f06 100644 --- a/translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Here is a sentence that shows that "rich" can also function as a noun. In Exodus 30:15, the word "rich" acts as a noun in the phrase "the rich," and it refers to rich people. The word "poor" also acts as a noun and refers to poor people. -### Reason this is a translation issue +### Reason this is a translation issue * Many times in the Bible adjectives are used as nouns to describe a group of people. * Some languages do not use adjectives in this way. @@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ If your language uses adjectives as nouns to refer to a class of people, conside 1. Use the adjective with a plural form of the noun that the adjective describes. - * **The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of the righteous.** (Psalms 125:3 ULB) - * The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of righteous people. + * **The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of the righteous.** (Psalms 125:3 ULB) + * The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of righteous people. - * **Blessed are the meek ...** (Matthew 5:5 ULB) - * Blessed are people who are meek ... + * **Blessed are the meek ...** (Matthew 5:5 ULB) + * Blessed are people who are meek ... diff --git a/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md b/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md index 74b179e..2121e97 100644 --- a/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -### Description +### Description In **parallelism** two phrases or clauses that are similar in structure or idea are used together. There are different kinds of parallelism. Some of them are the following: diff --git a/translate/figs-sentencetypes/01.md b/translate/figs-sentencetypes/01.md index 972af59..46d90bb 100644 --- a/translate/figs-sentencetypes/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-sentencetypes/01.md @@ -16,17 +16,17 @@ A **sentence** is a group of words that expresses a complete thought. The basic * Most languages use these sentence types for more than one function. * Each sentence in the Bible belongs to a certain sentence type and has a certain function, but some languages would not use that type of sentence for that function. -#### Examples from the Bible +#### Examples from the Bible The examples below show each of these types used for their main functions. -#### Statements +#### Statements >In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth. (Genesis 1:1 ULB) Statements can also have other functions. (see [Statements - Other Uses](../figs-declarative/01.md)) -#### Questions +#### Questions The speakers below used these questions to get information, and the people they were speaking to answered their questions. @@ -86,9 +86,8 @@ Exclamations express strong feeling. In the ULB and UDB, they usually have an ex 1. Use your language's ways of showing that a sentence has a particular function. 1. When a sentence in the Bible has a sentence type that your language would not use for the sentence's function, see the pages below for translation strategies. - - * [Statements - Other Uses](../figs-declarative/01.md) - * [Rhetorical Question](../figs-rquestion/01.md) - * [Imperatives - Other Uses](../figs-imperative/01.md) - * [Exclamations](../figs-exclamations/01.md) +* [Statements - Other Uses](../figs-declarative/01.md) +* [Rhetorical Question](../figs-rquestion/01.md) +* [Imperatives - Other Uses](../figs-imperative/01.md) +* [Exclamations](../figs-exclamations/01.md) diff --git a/translate/translate-formatsignals/01.md b/translate/translate-formatsignals/01.md index 40cc918..4e1b52b 100644 --- a/translate/translate-formatsignals/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-formatsignals/01.md @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ The words in the parentheses below are not what Jesus was saying, but what Matth >"Therefore, when you see the abomination of desolation, which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing in the holy place" **(**let the reader understand**)**, "let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains, let him who is on the housetop not go down to take out anything that is in his house, 18and let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak." (Matthew 24:15-18 ULB) -#### Indentation +#### Indentation **Definition** - When text is indented, it means that the line of text starts further to the right than the lines of text above and below it that are not indented. @@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ This is done for poetry and some lists, to show that the indented lines form a p >5 These are the names of the leaders who must fight with you: >    From the tribe of Reuben, Elizur son of Shedeur; >    6 from the tribe of Simeon, Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai; ->    7 from the tribe of Judah, Nahshon son of Amminadab; (Numbers 1:5-7 ULB) \ No newline at end of file +>    7 from the tribe of Judah, Nahshon son of Amminadab; (Numbers 1:5-7 ULB) diff --git a/translate/translate-useulbudb/01.md b/translate/translate-useulbudb/01.md index 948b92b..b551f52 100644 --- a/translate/translate-useulbudb/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-useulbudb/01.md @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Because the high priest actually tore his garment, the UDB must, of course, say Here the symbolic action "lift up someone's face," represented in this way in the ULB, is presented only as its meaning in the UDB: "he would be displeased with you and would not welcome you." It can be presented in this way because Malachi is not actually referring to a particular event that actually took place. He is only referring to the idea represented by that event. -### Passive Verb Forms +### Passive Verb Forms Both Biblical Hebrew and Greek often use passive verb forms, while many other languages do not have that possibility. The ULB tries to use passive verb forms when the original languages use them. However, the UDB usually does not use these passive verb forms. As a result, the UDB **restructures** many phrases. @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Here the UDB uses a verb in the active voice "he marveled" instead of the ULB's Here the UDB avoids the ULB's passive verb form "to be healed." It does this by restructuring the phrase. It says who the healer is: "to have him [Jesus] heal them." -### Metaphors and Other Figures of Speech +### Metaphors and Other Figures of Speech **Definition** - The ULB tries to represent the figures of speech found in the biblical texts as closely as possible. @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Jesus uses a simile that compares his apostles going to others as sheep going ou Paul uses irony when he refers to them as being justified by the law. He had already taught them that no one can be justified by the law. The ULB uses quote marks around "justified" to show that Paul did not really believe that they were justified by the law. The UDB translates the same idea by making it clear that it was what the other people believed. (see [Irony](../figs-irony/01.md)) -### Abstract Expressions +### Abstract Expressions The ULB often uses abstract nouns, adjectives, and other parts of speech, because it tries to closely resemble the biblical texts. The UDB tries not to use such abstract expressions, because many languages do not use abstract expressions. @@ -117,6 +117,6 @@ When you translate, you will have to decide how the target language prefers to p Here the ULB expressions "all speech" and "all knowledge" are abstract noun expressions. One problem with them is that readers might not know who is supposed to do the speaking and what they are to speak, or who is doing the knowing and what it is that they know. The UDB answers these questions. -### Conclusion +### Conclusion -In summary, the ULB will help you translate because it can help you understand to a great degree what form the original biblical texts have. The UDB can help you translate because it can help make the ULB text's meaning clear, and also because it can give you various possible ways to make the ideas in the biblical text clear in your own translation. \ No newline at end of file +In summary, the ULB will help you translate because it can help you understand to a great degree what form the original biblical texts have. The UDB can help you translate because it can help make the ULB text's meaning clear, and also because it can give you various possible ways to make the ideas in the biblical text clear in your own translation. diff --git a/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md b/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md index ce3d583..795ef3f 100644 --- a/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md @@ -43,14 +43,14 @@ This passage explains the meaning of the seven lampstands and the seven stars. T 1. Translate the text with the symbols. Often the speaker or author explains the meaning later in the passage. - * **After this I saw in my dream at night a fourth animal, terrifying, frightening, and very strong. It had large iron teeth; it devoured, broke in pieces, and trampled underfoot what was left. It was different from the other animals, and it had ten horns.** (Daniel 7:7 ULB) - People will be able to understand what the symbols mean when they read the explanation in Daniel 7:23-24. + * **After this I saw in my dream at night a fourth animal, terrifying, frightening, and very strong. It had large iron teeth; it devoured, broke in pieces, and trampled underfoot what was left. It was different from the other animals, and it had ten horns.** (Daniel 7:7 ULB) - People will be able to understand what the symbols mean when they read the explanation in Daniel 7:23-24. 1. Translate the text with the symbols. Then explain the symbols in footnotes. - * **After this I saw in my dream at night a fourth animal, terrifying, frightening, and very strong. It had large iron teeth; it devoured, broke in pieces, and trampled underfoot what was left. It was different from the other animals, and it had ten horns.** (Daniel 7:7 ULB) - * After this I saw in my dream at night a fourth animal,1 terrifying, frightening, and very strong. It had large iron teeth;2 it devoured, broke in pieces, and trampled underfoot what was left. It was different from the other animals, and it had ten horns.3 - * The footnotes would look like: - * [1] The animal is a symbol for a kingdom. - * [2] The iron teeth is a symbol for the kingdom's powerful army. - * [3] The horns are a symbol of powerful kings. + * **After this I saw in my dream at night a fourth animal, terrifying, frightening, and very strong. It had large iron teeth; it devoured, broke in pieces, and trampled underfoot what was left. It was different from the other animals, and it had ten horns.** (Daniel 7:7 ULB) + * After this I saw in my dream at night a fourth animal,1 terrifying, frightening, and very strong. It had large iron teeth;2 it devoured, broke in pieces, and trampled underfoot what was left. It was different from the other animals, and it had ten horns.3 + * The footnotes would look like: + * [1] The animal is a symbol for a kingdom. + * [2] The iron teeth is a symbol for the kingdom's powerful army. + * [3] The horns are a symbol of powerful kings. From ab77ba29cdc58a5e4f6d1b882e6c478a48d1b1fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesse Griffin Date: Thu, 30 Nov 2017 10:32:57 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 6/7] Fixes for unordered lists nested in ordered lists --- checking/accuracy-check/01.md | 6 ++-- translate/figs-123person/01.md | 12 +++---- translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md | 26 +++++++-------- translate/figs-activepassive/01.md | 14 ++++---- translate/figs-apostrophe/01.md | 8 ++--- translate/figs-declarative/01.md | 20 +++++------ translate/figs-distinguish/01.md | 12 +++---- translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md | 16 ++++----- translate/figs-doublet/01.md | 12 +++---- translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md | 12 +++---- translate/figs-euphemism/01.md | 14 ++++---- translate/figs-events/01.md | 20 +++++------ translate/figs-exclamations/01.md | 30 ++++++++--------- translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md | 6 ++-- translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md | 14 ++++---- translate/figs-genericnoun/01.md | 20 +++++------ translate/figs-go/01.md | 20 +++++------ translate/figs-hendiadys/01.md | 24 +++++++------- translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md | 22 ++++++------- translate/figs-idiom/01.md | 20 +++++------ translate/figs-imperative/01.md | 20 +++++------ translate/figs-informremind/01.md | 20 +++++------ translate/figs-litotes/01.md | 10 +++--- translate/figs-merism/01.md | 16 ++++----- translate/figs-metaphor/01.md | 44 ++++++++++++------------- translate/figs-metonymy/01.md | 14 ++++---- translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md | 4 +-- translate/figs-parables/01.md | 16 ++++----- translate/figs-parallelism/01.md | 24 +++++++------- translate/figs-personification/01.md | 13 ++++---- translate/figs-possession/01.md | 14 ++++---- translate/figs-quotations/01.md | 10 +++--- translate/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md | 12 +++---- translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md | 26 +++++++-------- translate/figs-rquestion/01.md | 36 ++++++++++---------- translate/figs-simile/01.md | 28 ++++++++-------- translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md | 12 +++---- translate/figs-synonparallelism/01.md | 24 +++++++------- translate/figs-youformal/01.md | 8 ++--- translate/guidelines-faithful/01.md | 12 +++---- translate/qualifications/01.md | 20 +++++------ translate/translate-bdistance/01.md | 14 ++++---- translate/translate-bmoney/01.md | 16 ++++----- translate/translate-bvolume/01.md | 8 ++--- translate/translate-bweight/01.md | 12 +++---- translate/translate-decimal/01.md | 8 ++--- translate/translate-discover/01.md | 4 +-- translate/translate-fraction/01.md | 20 +++++------ translate/translate-hebrewmonths/01.md | 14 ++++---- translate/translate-names/01.md | 26 +++++++-------- translate/translate-numbers/01.md | 10 +++--- translate/translate-ordinal/01.md | 14 ++++---- translate/translate-symaction/01.md | 22 ++++++------- translate/translate-textvariants/01.md | 4 +-- translate/translate-transliterate/01.md | 16 ++++----- translate/translate-versebridge/01.md | 4 +-- translate/writing-newevent/01.md | 34 +++++++++---------- translate/writing-participants/01.md | 14 ++++---- translate/writing-pronouns/01.md | 4 +-- translate/writing-quotations/01.md | 16 ++++----- translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md | 10 +++--- 61 files changed, 489 insertions(+), 492 deletions(-) diff --git a/checking/accuracy-check/01.md b/checking/accuracy-check/01.md index 2add0f9..39d5308 100644 --- a/checking/accuracy-check/01.md +++ b/checking/accuracy-check/01.md @@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ The people doing the checking should follow these steps: 1. Each of the checkers should read the translation (or listen to the recording) by himself, comparing it to the original Bible passage or story in the language of wider communication. It can be helpful for the translator to read the translation out loud to the checker while the checker follows along looking at the source Bible or Bibles. As the checker reads (or listens to) the translation and compares it to the source, he should keep in mind these general questions: - * Does the translation add anything to the original meaning? (The original meaning also includes [Implicit Information](../../translate/figs-explicit/01.md).) - * Is there any part of the meaning that is left out of the translation? - * Has the translation changed the meaning in any way? + * Does the translation add anything to the original meaning? (The original meaning also includes [Implicit Information](../../translate/figs-explicit/01.md).) + * Is there any part of the meaning that is left out of the translation? + * Has the translation changed the meaning in any way? 1. The checker should make notes where he thinks there might be a problem or something to be improved. Each checker will discuss these notes with the translation team. diff --git a/translate/figs-123person/01.md b/translate/figs-123person/01.md index dd47cea..f1bfd70 100644 --- a/translate/figs-123person/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-123person/01.md @@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ If using the third person to mean "I" or "you" would be natural and give the rig 1. Use the third person phrase along with the pronoun "I" or "you." - * **But David said to Saul, "Your servant used to keep his father's sheep."** (1 Samuel 17:34) - * But David said to Saul, "I, your servant, used to keep my father's sheep." + * **But David said to Saul, "Your servant used to keep his father's sheep."** (1 Samuel 17:34) + * But David said to Saul, "I, your servant, used to keep my father's sheep." 1. Simply use the first person ("I") or second person ("you") instead of the third person. - * **Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said, "… Do you have an arm like God's? Can you thunder with a voice like him?** (Job 40:6, 9 ULB) - * Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said, "… Do you have an arm like mine? Can you thunder with a voice like me?" + * **Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said, "… Do you have an arm like God's? Can you thunder with a voice like him?** (Job 40:6, 9 ULB) + * Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said, "… Do you have an arm like mine? Can you thunder with a voice like me?" - * **So also my heavenly Father will do to you, if each of you does not forgive his brother from your heart.** (Matthew 18:35 ULB) - * So also my heavenly Father will do to you, if each of you does not forgive your brother from your heart. + * **So also my heavenly Father will do to you, if each of you does not forgive his brother from your heart.** (Matthew 18:35 ULB) + * So also my heavenly Father will do to you, if each of you does not forgive your brother from your heart. diff --git a/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md b/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md index 77e6afa..753f643 100644 --- a/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md @@ -44,21 +44,21 @@ If an abstract noun would be natural and give the right meaning in your language 1. Reword the sentence with a phrase that expresses the meaning of the abstract noun. Instead of a noun, the new phrase will use a verb, an adverb, or an adjective to express the idea of the abstract noun. - * **... from childhood you have known the sacred writings ...** (2 Timothy 3:15 ULB) - * Ever since you were a child you have known the sacred writings. + * **... from childhood you have known the sacred writings ...** (2 Timothy 3:15 ULB) + * Ever since you were a child you have known the sacred writings. - * **But godliness with contentment is great gain.** (1 Timothy 6:6 ULB) - * But being godly and content is very beneficial. - * But we benefit greatly when we are godly and content. - * But we benefit greatly when we honor and obey God and when we are happy with what we have. + * **But godliness with contentment is great gain.** (1 Timothy 6:6 ULB) + * But being godly and content is very beneficial. + * But we benefit greatly when we are godly and content. + * But we benefit greatly when we honor and obey God and when we are happy with what we have. - * **Today salvation has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham.** (Luke 19:9 ULB) - * Today the people in this house have been saved… - * Today God has saved the people in this house… + * **Today salvation has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham.** (Luke 19:9 ULB) + * Today the people in this house have been saved… + * Today God has saved the people in this house… - * **The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider slowness to be.** (2 Peter 3:9 ULB) - * The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider moving slowly to be. + * **The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider slowness to be.** (2 Peter 3:9 ULB) + * The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider moving slowly to be. - * **He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the purposes of the heart.** (1 Corinthians 4:5 ULB) - * He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the things that people want to do and the reasons they want to do them. + * **He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the purposes of the heart.** (1 Corinthians 4:5 ULB) + * He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the things that people want to do and the reasons they want to do them. diff --git a/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md b/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md index 09b6b08..24173ed 100644 --- a/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-activepassive/01.md @@ -61,17 +61,17 @@ If you decide that it is better to translate without a passive form, here are so 1. Use the same verb in an active sentence and tell who did the action. If you do this, try to keep the focus on the person receiving the action. - * **A loaf of bread was given him every day from the street of the bakers.** (Jeremiah 37:21 ULB) - * The king's servants gave Jeremiah a loaf of bread every day from the street of the bakers. + * **A loaf of bread was given him every day from the street of the bakers.** (Jeremiah 37:21 ULB) + * The king's servants gave Jeremiah a loaf of bread every day from the street of the bakers. 1. Use the same verb in an active sentence, and do not tell  who did the action. Instead, use a generic expression like "they" or  "people" or  "someone."  - * **It would be better for him if a millstone were put around his neck and he were thrown into the sea.** (Luke 17:2 ULB) - * It would be better for him if they were to put a millstone around his neck and throw him into the sea. - * It would be better for him if someone were to put a heavy stone around his neck and throw him into the sea. + * **It would be better for him if a millstone were put around his neck and he were thrown into the sea.** (Luke 17:2 ULB) + * It would be better for him if they were to put a millstone around his neck and throw him into the sea. + * It would be better for him if someone were to put a heavy stone around his neck and throw him into the sea. 1. Use a different verb in an active sentence.  - * **A loaf of bread was given him every day from the street of the bakers.** (Jeremiah 37:21 ULB) - * He received a loaf of bread every day from the street of the bakers. + * **A loaf of bread was given him every day from the street of the bakers.** (Jeremiah 37:21 ULB) + * He received a loaf of bread every day from the street of the bakers. diff --git a/translate/figs-apostrophe/01.md b/translate/figs-apostrophe/01.md index 8439076..5330079 100644 --- a/translate/figs-apostrophe/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-apostrophe/01.md @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ If apostrophe would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, cons 1. If this way of speaking would be confusing to your people, let the speaker continue speaking to the people that are listening to him as he tells them his message or feelings about the people or thing that cannot hear him. - * **He cried against the altar by the word of Yahweh: "Altar, altar! This is what Yahweh says, 'See, … on you they will burn human bones.' "** (1 Kings 13:2 ULB) - * He said this about the altar: "This is what Yahweh says about this altar. 'See, … they will burn people's bones on it.' " + * **He cried against the altar by the word of Yahweh: "Altar, altar! This is what Yahweh says, 'See, … on you they will burn human bones.' "** (1 Kings 13:2 ULB) + * He said this about the altar: "This is what Yahweh says about this altar. 'See, … they will burn people's bones on it.' " - * **Mountains of Gilboa, let there not be dew or rain on you** (2 Samuel 1:21 ULB) - * As for these mountains of Gilboa, let there not be dew or rain on them + * **Mountains of Gilboa, let there not be dew or rain on you** (2 Samuel 1:21 ULB) + * As for these mountains of Gilboa, let there not be dew or rain on them diff --git a/translate/figs-declarative/01.md b/translate/figs-declarative/01.md index f340b12..6c98d69 100644 --- a/translate/figs-declarative/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-declarative/01.md @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ By telling a man that his sins were forgiven, Jesus forgave the man's sins. 1. If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, use a sentence type that would express that function. - * **She will give birth to a son, and you will call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins.** (Matthew 1:21 ULB) The phrase "you will call his name Jesus" is an instruction. It can be translated using the sentence type of a normal instruction. - * She will give birth to a son. Name him Jesus, because he will save his people from their sins. + * **She will give birth to a son, and you will call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins.** (Matthew 1:21 ULB) The phrase "you will call his name Jesus" is an instruction. It can be translated using the sentence type of a normal instruction. + * She will give birth to a son. Name him Jesus, because he will save his people from their sins. 1. If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, add a sentence type that would express that function. - * **Lord, if you are willing, you can make me clean.** (Matthew 8:2 ULB) The function of "you can make me clean" is to make a request. In addition to the statement, a request can be added. - * Lord, if you are willing, you can make me clean. Please do so. - * Lord, if you are willing, please make me clean. I know you can do so. + * **Lord, if you are willing, you can make me clean.** (Matthew 8:2 ULB) The function of "you can make me clean" is to make a request. In addition to the statement, a request can be added. + * Lord, if you are willing, you can make me clean. Please do so. + * Lord, if you are willing, please make me clean. I know you can do so. 1. If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, use a verb form that would express that function. - * **She will give birth to a son, and you will call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins.** (Matthew 1:21 ULB) - * She will give birth to a son, and you must call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins. + * **She will give birth to a son, and you will call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins.** (Matthew 1:21 ULB) + * She will give birth to a son, and you must call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins. - * **Son, your sins are forgiven.** Luke 2:5 ULB) - * Son, I forgive your sins. - * Son, God has forgiven your sins. + * **Son, your sins are forgiven.** Luke 2:5 ULB) + * Son, I forgive your sins. + * Son, God has forgiven your sins. diff --git a/translate/figs-distinguish/01.md b/translate/figs-distinguish/01.md index ba95a4e..3b3064e 100644 --- a/translate/figs-distinguish/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-distinguish/01.md @@ -56,20 +56,20 @@ If people would understand the purpose of a phrase with a noun, then consider ke 1. Put the information in another part of the sentence and add words that show its purpose. * **I hate those who serve worthless idols** (Psalm 31:6 ULB) - By saying "worthless idols," David was commenting about all idols and giving his reason for hating those who serve them. He was not distinguishing worthless idols from valuable idols. - * Because idols are worthless, I hate those who serve them. + * Because idols are worthless, I hate those who serve them. * **... for your righteous judgments are good.** (Psalm 119:39 ULB) - * ... for your judgments are good because they are righteous. + * ... for your judgments are good because they are righteous. * **Can Sarah, who is ninety years old, bear a son?** (Genesis 17:17-18 ULB) - The phrase "who is ninety years old" is a reminder of Sarah's age. It tells why Abraham was asking the question. He did not expect that a woman who was that old could bear a child. - * Can Sarah bear a son even when she is ninety years old? + * Can Sarah bear a son even when she is ninety years old? * **I will call on Yahweh, who is worthy to be praised** (2 Samuel 22:4 ULB) - There is only one Yahweh. The phrase "who is worthy to be praised" gives a reason for calling on Yahweh. - * I will call on Yahweh, because he is worthy to be praised + * I will call on Yahweh, because he is worthy to be praised 1. Use one of your language's ways for expressing that this is just added information. * **You are my Son, whom I love. I am pleased with you.** (Luke 3:22 ULB) - * You are my Son. I love you and I am pleased with you. - * Receiving my love, you are my Son. I am pleased with you. + * You are my Son. I love you and I am pleased with you. + * Receiving my love, you are my Son. I am pleased with you. diff --git a/translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md b/translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md index 21d5594..36b1710 100644 --- a/translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md @@ -43,17 +43,17 @@ If double negatives are natural and are used to express the positive in your lan 1. If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is simply to make a positive statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove the two negatives so that it is positive. - * **For we do not have a high priest who cannot feel sympathy for our weaknesses.** (Hebrews 4:15 ULB) - * "For we have a high priest who can feel sympathy for our weaknesses." + * **For we do not have a high priest who cannot feel sympathy for our weaknesses.** (Hebrews 4:15 ULB) + * "For we have a high priest who can feel sympathy for our weaknesses." - * **... so that they may not be unfruitful.** (Titus 3:14 ULB) - * "... so that they may be fruitful." + * **... so that they may not be unfruitful.** (Titus 3:14 ULB) + * "... so that they may be fruitful." 1. If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a strong positive statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove the two negatives and put in a strengthening word or phrase such as "very" or "surely." - * **Be sure of this—wicked people will not go unpunished ...** (Proverbs 11:21 ULB) - * "Be sure of this—wicked people will certainly be punished ..." + * **Be sure of this—wicked people will not go unpunished ...** (Proverbs 11:21 ULB) + * "Be sure of this—wicked people will certainly be punished ..." - * **All things were made through him and without him there was not one thing made that has been made.** (John 1:3 ULB) - * "All things were made through him. He made absolutely everything that has been made." + * **All things were made through him and without him there was not one thing made that has been made.** (John 1:3 ULB) + * "All things were made through him. He made absolutely everything that has been made." diff --git a/translate/figs-doublet/01.md b/translate/figs-doublet/01.md index 777b3f8..317e286 100644 --- a/translate/figs-doublet/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-doublet/01.md @@ -38,16 +38,16 @@ If a doublet would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consi 1. Translate only one of the words. - * **You have decided to prepare false and deceptive words** (Daniel 2:9 ULB) - * "You have decided to prepare false things to say." + * **You have decided to prepare false and deceptive words** (Daniel 2:9 ULB) + * "You have decided to prepare false things to say." 1. If the doublet is used to intensify the meaning, translate one of the words and add a word that intensifies it such as "very" or "great" or "many." - * **King David was old and advanced in years.** (1 Kings 1:1 ULB) - * "King David was very old." + * **King David was old and advanced in years.** (1 Kings 1:1 ULB) + * "King David was very old." 1. If the doublet is used to intensify or emphasize the meaning, use one of your language's ways of doing that. - * **... a lamb without blemish and without spot...** (1 Peter 1:19 ULB) - English can emphasize this with "any" and "at all." - * " ... a lamb without any blemish at all ..." + * **... a lamb without blemish and without spot...** (1 Peter 1:19 ULB) - English can emphasize this with "any" and "at all." + * " ... a lamb without any blemish at all ..." diff --git a/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md b/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md index d1c3ee3..61107d0 100644 --- a/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md @@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ If ellipsis would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consid 1. Add the missing words to the incomplete phrase or sentence. - * **... the wicked will not stand in the judgment, nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous.** (Psalm 1:5) - * ... the wicked will not stand in the judgment, and sinners will not stand in the assembly of the righteous + * **... the wicked will not stand in the judgment, nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous.** (Psalm 1:5) + * ... the wicked will not stand in the judgment, and sinners will not stand in the assembly of the righteous - * **... when the blind man was near, Jesus asked him, "What do you want me to do for you?" He said, "Lord, that I might receive my sight."** (Luke 18:40-41) - * ... when the blind man was near, Jesus asked him, "What do you want me to do for you?" He said, "Lord, I want you to heal me that I might receive my sight." + * **... when the blind man was near, Jesus asked him, "What do you want me to do for you?" He said, "Lord, that I might receive my sight."** (Luke 18:40-41) + * ... when the blind man was near, Jesus asked him, "What do you want me to do for you?" He said, "Lord, I want you to heal me that I might receive my sight." - * **He makes Lebanon skip like a calf and Sirion like a young ox.** (Psalm 29:6) - * He makes Lebanon skip like a calf, and he makes Sirion skip like a young ox. + * **He makes Lebanon skip like a calf and Sirion like a young ox.** (Psalm 29:6) + * He makes Lebanon skip like a calf, and he makes Sirion skip like a young ox. diff --git a/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md b/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md index ab9ad6b..12fa7c0 100644 --- a/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-euphemism/01.md @@ -34,15 +34,15 @@ If euphemism would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consi 1. Use a euphemism from your own culture. -* **... where there was a cave. Saul went inside to relieve himself.** (1 Samuel 24:3 ULB) - Some languages might use euphemisms like these: - * "...where there was a cave. Saul went into the cave to dig a hole" - * "...where there was a cave. Saul went into the cave to have some time alone" + * **... where there was a cave. Saul went inside to relieve himself.** (1 Samuel 24:3 ULB) - Some languages might use euphemisms like these: + * "...where there was a cave. Saul went into the cave to dig a hole" + * "...where there was a cave. Saul went into the cave to have some time alone" -* **Mary said to the angel, “How will this happen, since I have not slept with any man?”** (Luke 1:34 ULB) - * Mary said to the angel, “How will this happen, since I do not know a man?” - (This is the euphemism used in the original Greek) + * **Mary said to the angel, “How will this happen, since I have not slept with any man?”** (Luke 1:34 ULB) + * Mary said to the angel, “How will this happen, since I do not know a man?” - (This is the euphemism used in the original Greek) 1. State the information plainly without a euphemism if it would not be offensive. -* **they found Saul and his sons fallen on Mount Gilboa.** (1 Chronicles 10:8 ULB) - * "they found Saul and his sons dead on Mount Gilboa." + * **they found Saul and his sons fallen on Mount Gilboa.** (1 Chronicles 10:8 ULB) + * "they found Saul and his sons dead on Mount Gilboa." diff --git a/translate/figs-events/01.md b/translate/figs-events/01.md index 2aa7ed0..eb51e32 100644 --- a/translate/figs-events/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-events/01.md @@ -30,24 +30,24 @@ This sounds like a person must first open the scroll and then break its seals, b 1. If your language uses phrases, time words or tenses to show that an event happened before the one just mentioned, consider using one of them. - * **20 But then Herod ... had John locked up in prison. 21 Now it came about, while all the people were being baptized by John, that Jesus also was baptized.** (Luke 3:20-21 ULB) - * 20 But then Herod ... had John locked up in prison. 21 Before John was put in prison, while all the people were being baptized by John, Jesus also was baptized. + * **20 But then Herod ... had John locked up in prison. 21 Now it came about, while all the people were being baptized by John, that Jesus also was baptized.** (Luke 3:20-21 ULB) + * 20 But then Herod ... had John locked up in prison. 21 Before John was put in prison, while all the people were being baptized by John, Jesus also was baptized. - * **Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals?** (Revelation 5:2 ULB) - * Who is worthy to open the scroll after breaking its seals? + * **Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals?** (Revelation 5:2 ULB) + * Who is worthy to open the scroll after breaking its seals? 1. If your language uses verb tense or aspect to show that an event happened before one that was already mentioned, consider using that. - * **8 Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams' horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets...10 But Joshua commanded the people, saying, "Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout."** (Joshua 6:8-10 ULB) - * 8 Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets...10 But Joshua had commanded the people, saying, "Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout. + * **8 Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams' horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets...10 But Joshua commanded the people, saying, "Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout."** (Joshua 6:8-10 ULB) + * 8 Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets...10 But Joshua had commanded the people, saying, "Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout. 1. If your language prefers to tell events in the order that they occur, consider reordering the events. This may require putting two or more verses together (like 5-6). - * **8 Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets...10 But Joshua commanded the people, saying, "Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout."** (Joshua 6:8-10 ULB) - * 8-10 Joshua commanded the people, saying, "Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout." Then just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets ... + * **8 Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets...10 But Joshua commanded the people, saying, "Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout."** (Joshua 6:8-10 ULB) + * 8-10 Joshua commanded the people, saying, "Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout." Then just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets ... - * **Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals?** (Revelation 5:2 ULB) - * Who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll? + * **Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals?** (Revelation 5:2 ULB) + * Who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll? You may also want to watch the video at http://ufw.io/figs_events. diff --git a/translate/figs-exclamations/01.md b/translate/figs-exclamations/01.md index c239ec7..a0c65a1 100644 --- a/translate/figs-exclamations/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-exclamations/01.md @@ -41,33 +41,33 @@ Some exclamations in the Bible do not have a main verb. The exclamation below sh 1. If an exclamation in your language needs a verb, add one. Often a good verb is "is" or "are." - * **You worthless person!** (Matthew 5:22 ULB) - * "You are such a worthless person!" + * **You worthless person!** (Matthew 5:22 ULB) + * "You are such a worthless person!" - * **Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God!** (Romans 11:33 ULB) - * "Oh, the riches of the wisdom and the knowledge of God are so deep!" + * **Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God!** (Romans 11:33 ULB) + * "Oh, the riches of the wisdom and the knowledge of God are so deep!" 1. Use an exclamation word from your language that shows the strong feeling. The word "wow" below shows that they were astonished. The expression "Oh no" shows that something terrible or frightening has happened. - * **They were absolutely astonished, saying, "He has done everything well. He even makes the deaf to hear and the mute to speak."** (Mark 7:36 ULB) - * "They were absolutely astonished, saying, "Wow! He has done everything well. He even makes the deaf to hear and the mute to speak." " + * **They were absolutely astonished, saying, "He has done everything well. He even makes the deaf to hear and the mute to speak."** (Mark 7:36 ULB) + * "They were absolutely astonished, saying, "Wow! He has done everything well. He even makes the deaf to hear and the mute to speak." " - * **Ah, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!** (Judges 6:22 ULB) - * "__Oh no__, Lord Yahweh! I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!" + * **Ah, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!** (Judges 6:22 ULB) + * "__Oh no__, Lord Yahweh! I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!" 1. Translate the exclamation word with a sentence that shows the feeling. - * **Ah, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!** (Judges 6:22 ULB) - * Lord Yahweh, what will happen to me? For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!" - * Help, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face! + * **Ah, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!** (Judges 6:22 ULB) + * Lord Yahweh, what will happen to me? For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!" + * Help, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face! 1. Use a word that emphasizes the part of the sentence that brings about the strong feeling. - * **How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering!** (Romans 11:33 ULB) - * "His judgements are so unsearchable and his ways are far beyond discovering!" + * **How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering!** (Romans 11:33 ULB) + * "His judgements are so unsearchable and his ways are far beyond discovering!" 1. If the strong feeling is not clear in the target language, then tell how the person felt. - * **Gideon understood that this was the angel of Yahweh. Gideon said, "Ah, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!"** (Judges 6:22 ULB) - * "Gideon understood that this was the angel of Yahweh. He was terrified and said, "Ah, Lord Yahweh! I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!" (Judges 6:22 ULB) + * **Gideon understood that this was the angel of Yahweh. Gideon said, "Ah, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!"** (Judges 6:22 ULB) + * "Gideon understood that this was the angel of Yahweh. He was terrified and said, "Ah, Lord Yahweh! I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!" (Judges 6:22 ULB) diff --git a/translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md b/translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md index c2feb6a..5503beb 100644 --- a/translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md @@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ In the biblical languages, it was normal to introduce direct speech with two ver 1. If the explicit information does not sound natural in the target language or seems unnecessary or confusing, leave the explicit information implicit. Only do this if the reader can understand this information from the context. You can test this by asking the reader a question about the passage. * **And Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower to burn it with fire.** (Judges 9:52 ESV) - * Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower to burn it. Or …to set it on fire. + * Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower to burn it. Or …to set it on fire. In English, it is clear that the action of this verse follows the action of the previous verse without the use of the connector “and” at the beginning, so it was omitted. Also, the words “with fire” were left out, because this information is communicated implicitly by the word “burn.” An alternative translation for “to burn it” is “to set it on fire.” It is not natural in English to use both “burn” and “fire,” so the English translator should choose only one of them. You can test if the readers understood the implicit information by asking, “How would the door burn?” If they knew it was by fire, then they have understood the implicit information. Or, if you chose the second option, you could ask, “What happens to a door that is set on fire?” If the readers answer, “It burns,” then they have understood the implicit information. -* **The centurion answered and said, "Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof…”** (Matthew 8:8 ULB) - * The centurion answered, "Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof…” + * **The centurion answered and said, "Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof…”** (Matthew 8:8 ULB) + * The centurion answered, "Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof…” In English, the information that the centurion answered by speaking is included in the verb “answered,” so the verb “said” can be left implicit. You can test if the readers understood the implicit information by asking, “How did the centurion answer?” If they knew it was by speaking, then they have understood the implicit information. diff --git a/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md b/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md index 49062b6..611ce10 100644 --- a/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md @@ -44,17 +44,17 @@ If people would understand that that masculine words like "man," "brother," and 1. Use nouns that can be used for both men and women. - * **The wise man dies just like the fool dies.** (Ecclesiastes 2:16 ULB) - * "The wise person dies just like the fool dies." - * "Wise people die just like fools die." + * **The wise man dies just like the fool dies.** (Ecclesiastes 2:16 ULB) + * "The wise person dies just like the fool dies." + * "Wise people die just like fools die." 1. Use a word that refers to men and a word that refers to women. - * **For we do not want you to be ignorant, brothers, about the troubles we had in Asia.** (2 Corinthians 1:8) - Paul was writing this letter to both men and women. - * "For we do not want you to be ignorant, brothers and sisters, about the troubles we had in Asia." (2 Corinthians 1:8) + * **For we do not want you to be ignorant, brothers, about the troubles we had in Asia.** (2 Corinthians 1:8) - Paul was writing this letter to both men and women. + * "For we do not want you to be ignorant, brothers and sisters, about the troubles we had in Asia." (2 Corinthians 1:8) 1. Use pronouns that can be used for both men and women. - * **If anyone wants to follow me, he must deny himself, take up his cross, and follow me."** (Matthew 16:24 ULB) - English speakers can change the masculine singular pronouns, "he," "himself," and "his" to plural pronouns that do not mark gender, "they," "themselves," and "their" in order to show that it applies to all people, not just men. - * "If people want to follow me, they must deny themselves, take up their cross, and follow me." + * **If anyone wants to follow me, he must deny himself, take up his cross, and follow me."** (Matthew 16:24 ULB) - English speakers can change the masculine singular pronouns, "he," "himself," and "his" to plural pronouns that do not mark gender, "they," "themselves," and "their" in order to show that it applies to all people, not just men. + * "If people want to follow me, they must deny themselves, take up their cross, and follow me." diff --git a/translate/figs-genericnoun/01.md b/translate/figs-genericnoun/01.md index cba4fac..d1ec51a 100644 --- a/translate/figs-genericnoun/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-genericnoun/01.md @@ -41,27 +41,27 @@ If your language can use the same wording as in the ULB to refer to people or th 1. Use the word "the" in the noun phrase. - * **Yahweh gives favor to a good man, but he condemns a man who makes evil plans.** (Proverbs 12:2 ULB) - * "Yahweh gives favor to the good man, but he condemns the man who makes evil plans." (Proverbs 12:2) + * **Yahweh gives favor to a good man, but he condemns a man who makes evil plans.** (Proverbs 12:2 ULB) + * "Yahweh gives favor to the good man, but he condemns the man who makes evil plans." (Proverbs 12:2) 1. Use the word "a" in the noun phrase. - * **People curse the man who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULB) - * "People curse a man who refuses to sell them grain" + * **People curse the man who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULB) + * "People curse a man who refuses to sell them grain" 1. Use the word "any, as in "any person" or "anyone." - * **People curse the man who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULB) - * "People curse any man who refuses to sell them grain." + * **People curse the man who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULB) + * "People curse any man who refuses to sell them grain." 1. Use the plural form, as in "people" (or in this sentence, "men"). - * **People curse the man who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULB) - * "People curse men who refuse to sell them grain" + * **People curse the man who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULB) + * "People curse men who refuse to sell them grain" 1. Use any other way that is natural in your language. - * **People curse the man who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULB) - * "People curse whoever refuses to sell them grain." + * **People curse the man who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULB) + * "People curse whoever refuses to sell them grain." diff --git a/translate/figs-go/01.md b/translate/figs-go/01.md index 4217c26..fcc4d11 100644 --- a/translate/figs-go/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-go/01.md @@ -45,20 +45,20 @@ If the word used in the ULB would be natural and give the right meaning in your 1. Use the word "go," "come," "take," or "bring" that would be natural in your language. - * **But you will be free from my oath if you come to my relatives and they will not give her to you.** (Genesis 24:41 ULB) - * But you will be free from my oath if you go to my relatives and they will not give her to you. + * **But you will be free from my oath if you come to my relatives and they will not give her to you.** (Genesis 24:41 ULB) + * But you will be free from my oath if you go to my relatives and they will not give her to you. - * **Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not go out in public for five months.** (Luke 1:24 UDB) - * Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not come out in public for five months. + * **Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not go out in public for five months.** (Luke 1:24 UDB) + * Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not come out in public for five months. 1. Use another word that expresses the right meaning. - * **When you have come to the land that Yahweh your God gives you, and when you take possession of it and begin to live in it ...** (Deuteronomy 17:14 ULB) - * "When you have arrived in the land that Yahweh your God gives you, and when you take possession of it and begin to live in it ..." + * **When you have come to the land that Yahweh your God gives you, and when you take possession of it and begin to live in it ...** (Deuteronomy 17:14 ULB) + * "When you have arrived in the land that Yahweh your God gives you, and when you take possession of it and begin to live in it ..." - * **Yahweh said to Noah, "Come, you and all your household, into the ark ...** (Genesis 7:1 ULB) - * "Yahweh said to Noah, "Enter, you and all your household, into the ark ..." + * **Yahweh said to Noah, "Come, you and all your household, into the ark ...** (Genesis 7:1 ULB) + * "Yahweh said to Noah, "Enter, you and all your household, into the ark ..." - * **Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not go out in public for five months.** (Luke 1:24 UDB) - * Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not appear in public for five months. + * **Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not go out in public for five months.** (Luke 1:24 UDB) + * Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not appear in public for five months. diff --git a/translate/figs-hendiadys/01.md b/translate/figs-hendiadys/01.md index 104578b..23dfbad 100644 --- a/translate/figs-hendiadys/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-hendiadys/01.md @@ -36,27 +36,27 @@ If the hendiadys would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, c 1. Substitute the describing noun with an adjective that means the same thing. - * **for I will give you words and wisdom** (Luke 21:15 ULB) - * for I will give you wise words + * **for I will give you words and wisdom** (Luke 21:15 ULB) + * for I will give you wise words - * **that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to his own kingdom and glory.** (1 Thessalonians 2:12 ULB) - * that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to his own glorious kingdom. + * **that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to his own kingdom and glory.** (1 Thessalonians 2:12 ULB) + * that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to his own glorious kingdom. 1. Substitute the describing noun with a phrase that means the same thing. - * **for I will give you words and wisdom.** (Luke 21:15 ULB) - * for I will give you words of wisdom. + * **for I will give you words and wisdom.** (Luke 21:15 ULB) + * for I will give you words of wisdom. - * **that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to his own kingdom and glory.** (1 Thessalonians 2:12 ULB) - * that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to his own kingdom of glory. + * **that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to his own kingdom and glory.** (1 Thessalonians 2:12 ULB) + * that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to his own kingdom of glory. 1. Substitute the describing adjective with an adverb that means the same thing. - * **if you are willing and obedient** (Isaiah 1:19 ULB) - * if you are willingly obedient + * **if you are willing and obedient** (Isaiah 1:19 ULB) + * if you are willingly obedient 1. Substitute other parts of speech that mean the same thing and show that one word describes the other. - * **if you are, willing and obedient** (Isaiah 1:19 ULB) - The adjective "obedient" can be substituted with the verb "obey." - * if you obey willingly + * **if you are, willing and obedient** (Isaiah 1:19 ULB) - The adjective "obedient" can be substituted with the verb "obey." + * if you obey willingly diff --git a/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md b/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md index 30f7595..36a85a8 100644 --- a/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md @@ -89,24 +89,24 @@ If the exaggeration or generalization would be natural and people would understa 1. Express the meaning without the exaggeration. - * **The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: thirty thousand chariots, six thousand men to drive the chariots, and troops as numerous as the sand on the seashore.** (1 Samuel 13:5 ULB) - * The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: thirty thousand chariots, six thousand men to drive the chariots, and a great number of troops. + * **The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: thirty thousand chariots, six thousand men to drive the chariots, and troops as numerous as the sand on the seashore.** (1 Samuel 13:5 ULB) + * The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: thirty thousand chariots, six thousand men to drive the chariots, and a great number of troops. 1. For a generalization, show that it is a generalization by using a phrase like "in general" or "in most cases." - * **The one who ignores instruction will have poverty and shame ...** (Proverbs 13:18 ULB) - * In general, the one who ignores instruction will have poverty and shame - * **And when you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the Gentiles do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words.** (Matthew 6:7) - * "And when you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the Gentiles generally do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words." + * **The one who ignores instruction will have poverty and shame ...** (Proverbs 13:18 ULB) + * In general, the one who ignores instruction will have poverty and shame + * **And when you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the Gentiles do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words.** (Matthew 6:7) + * "And when you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the Gentiles generally do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words." 1. For a generalization, add a word like "most" or "almost" to show that the generalization is not exact.  - * **The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem went out to him.** (Mark 1:5 ULB) - * Almost all the country of Judea and almost all the people of Jerusalem went out to him." - * Most of the country of Judea and most of the people of Jerusalem went out to him." + * **The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem went out to him.** (Mark 1:5 ULB) + * Almost all the country of Judea and almost all the people of Jerusalem went out to him." + * Most of the country of Judea and most of the people of Jerusalem went out to him." 1. For a generalization that has a word like "all," always," "none," or "never," consider deleting that word. - * **The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem went out to him.** (Mark 1:5 ULB) - * The country of Judea and the people of Jerusalem went out to him. + * **The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem went out to him.** (Mark 1:5 ULB) + * The country of Judea and the people of Jerusalem went out to him. diff --git a/translate/figs-idiom/01.md b/translate/figs-idiom/01.md index 2a1f8a2..0f00e77 100644 --- a/translate/figs-idiom/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-idiom/01.md @@ -57,20 +57,20 @@ If the idiom would be clearly understood in your language, consider using it. If 1. Translate the meaning plainly without using an idiom. - * **Then all Israel came to David at Hebron and said, "Look, we are your flesh and bone."** ( 1 Chronicles 11:1 ULB) - * ...Look, we all belong to the same nation. + * **Then all Israel came to David at Hebron and said, "Look, we are your flesh and bone."** ( 1 Chronicles 11:1 ULB) + * ...Look, we all belong to the same nation. - * **he resolutely set his face to go to Jerusalem.** (Luke 9:51 ULB) - * He started to travel to Jerusalem, determined to reach it. + * **he resolutely set his face to go to Jerusalem.** (Luke 9:51 ULB) + * He started to travel to Jerusalem, determined to reach it. - * **I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof.** (Luke 7:6 ULB) - * I am not worthy that you should enter my house. + * **I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof.** (Luke 7:6 ULB) + * I am not worthy that you should enter my house. 1. Use an idiom that people use in your own language that has the same meaning. - * **Let these words go deeply into your ears** (Luke 9:44 ULB) - * Be all ears when I say these words to you. + * **Let these words go deeply into your ears** (Luke 9:44 ULB) + * Be all ears when I say these words to you. - * **"My eyes grow dim from grief** (Psalm 6:7 ULB) - * I am crying my eyes out + * **"My eyes grow dim from grief** (Psalm 6:7 ULB) + * I am crying my eyes out diff --git a/translate/figs-imperative/01.md b/translate/figs-imperative/01.md index fdfe995..fefb636 100644 --- a/translate/figs-imperative/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-imperative/01.md @@ -54,21 +54,21 @@ The purpose of Proverbs 22:6 below is teach what people can expect to happen if 1. If people would not use an imperative sentence for one of the functions in the Bible, try using a statement instead. - * **Be clean.** (Matthew 8:3 ULB) - * "You are now clean." - * "I now cleanse you." + * **Be clean.** (Matthew 8:3 ULB) + * "You are now clean." + * "I now cleanse you." - * **God said, "Let there be light," and there was light.** (Genesis 1:3 ULB) - * God said, "There is now light" and there was light. + * **God said, "Let there be light," and there was light.** (Genesis 1:3 ULB) + * God said, "There is now light" and there was light. - * **God blessed them and said to them, "Be fruitful, and multiply. Fill the earth, and subdue it. Have dominion over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the sky, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth."** (Genesis 1:3 ULB) - * God blessed them and said to them, "My will for you is that you be fruitful, and multiply. Fill the earth, and subdue it. I want you to have dominion over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the sky, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth." + * **God blessed them and said to them, "Be fruitful, and multiply. Fill the earth, and subdue it. Have dominion over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the sky, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth."** (Genesis 1:3 ULB) + * God blessed them and said to them, "My will for you is that you be fruitful, and multiply. Fill the earth, and subdue it. I want you to have dominion over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the sky, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth." 1. If people would not understand that a sentence is used to cause something to happen, add a connecting word like "so" to show that what happened was a result of what was said. - * **God said, "Let there be light," and there was light.** (Genesis 1:3 ULB) - * God said, 'Let there be light,' so there was light. - * God said, "Light must be;" as a result, there was light. + * **God said, "Let there be light," and there was light.** (Genesis 1:3 ULB) + * God said, 'Let there be light,' so there was light. + * God said, "Light must be;" as a result, there was light. 1. If people would not use a command as a condition, translate it as a statement with the words "if" and "then." diff --git a/translate/figs-informremind/01.md b/translate/figs-informremind/01.md index dcc8718..cb9f072 100644 --- a/translate/figs-informremind/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-informremind/01.md @@ -54,21 +54,21 @@ If people would understand the purpose of a phrase with a noun, then consider ke 1. Put the information in another part of the sentence and add words that show its purpose. - * **I hate those who serve worthless idols** (Psalm 31:6 ULB) - By saying "worthless idols," David was commenting about all idols and giving his reason for hating those who serve them. He was not distinguishing worthless idols from valuable idols. - * "Because idols are worthless, I hate those who serve them." + * **I hate those who serve worthless idols** (Psalm 31:6 ULB) - By saying "worthless idols," David was commenting about all idols and giving his reason for hating those who serve them. He was not distinguishing worthless idols from valuable idols. + * "Because idols are worthless, I hate those who serve them." - * **... for your righteous judgments are good.** (Psalm 119:39 ULB) - * ... for your judgments are good because they are righteous. + * **... for your righteous judgments are good.** (Psalm 119:39 ULB) + * ... for your judgments are good because they are righteous. - * **Can Sarah, who is ninety years old, bear a son?** (Genesis 17:17-18 ULB) - The phrase "who is ninety years old" is a reminder of Sarah's age. It tells why Abraham was asking the question. He did not expect that a woman who was that old could bear a child. - * "Can Sarah bear a son even when she is ninety years old?" + * **Can Sarah, who is ninety years old, bear a son?** (Genesis 17:17-18 ULB) - The phrase "who is ninety years old" is a reminder of Sarah's age. It tells why Abraham was asking the question. He did not expect that a woman who was that old could bear a child. + * "Can Sarah bear a son even when she is ninety years old?" - * **I will call on Yahweh, who is worthy to be praised ...** (2 Samuel 22:4 ULB) - There is only one Yahweh. The phrase "who is worthy to be praised" gives a reason for calling on Yahweh. - * "I will call on Yahweh, because he is worthy to be praised" + * **I will call on Yahweh, who is worthy to be praised ...** (2 Samuel 22:4 ULB) - There is only one Yahweh. The phrase "who is worthy to be praised" gives a reason for calling on Yahweh. + * "I will call on Yahweh, because he is worthy to be praised" 1. Use one of your language's ways for expressing information in a weak way. - * **The name of the third river is Tigris, which flows east of Asshur.** (Genesis 2:14 ULB) - * "The name of the third river is Tigris. It flows east of Asshur. + * **The name of the third river is Tigris, which flows east of Asshur.** (Genesis 2:14 ULB) + * "The name of the third river is Tigris. It flows east of Asshur. diff --git a/translate/figs-litotes/01.md b/translate/figs-litotes/01.md index 737fdf7..61d82f5 100644 --- a/translate/figs-litotes/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-litotes/01.md @@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ If the litotes would be understood correctly, consider using it. 1. If the meaning with the negative would not be clear, give the positive meaning in a strong way. - * **For you yourselves know, brothers, our coming to you was not useless.** (1 Thessalonians 2:1 ULB) - * "For you yourselves know, brothers, our visit to you did much good." + * **For you yourselves know, brothers, our coming to you was not useless.** (1 Thessalonians 2:1 ULB) + * "For you yourselves know, brothers, our visit to you did much good." - * **Now when it became day, there was no small excitement among the soldiers, regarding what had happened to Peter.** (Acts 12:18 ULB) - * "Now when it became day, there was great excitement among the soldiers, regarding what had happened to Peter." - * "Now when it became day, the soldiers were very concerned because of what had happened to Peter." + * **Now when it became day, there was no small excitement among the soldiers, regarding what had happened to Peter.** (Acts 12:18 ULB) + * "Now when it became day, there was great excitement among the soldiers, regarding what had happened to Peter." + * "Now when it became day, the soldiers were very concerned because of what had happened to Peter." diff --git a/translate/figs-merism/01.md b/translate/figs-merism/01.md index 3c92896..0ea8d89 100644 --- a/translate/figs-merism/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-merism/01.md @@ -37,17 +37,17 @@ If the merism would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, cons 1. Identify what the merism refers to without mentioning the parts. - * **I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth ...** (Matthew 11:25 ULB) - * I praise you, Father, Lord of everything ... + * **I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth ...** (Matthew 11:25 ULB) + * I praise you, Father, Lord of everything ... - * **From the rising of the sun to its setting, Yahweh's name should be praised.** (Psalm 113:3 ULB) - * In all places, people should praise Yahweh's name. + * **From the rising of the sun to its setting, Yahweh's name should be praised.** (Psalm 113:3 ULB) + * In all places, people should praise Yahweh's name. 1. Identify what the merism refers to and include the parts. - * **I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth.** (Matthew 11:25 ULB) - * I praise you, Father, Lord of everything, including both what is in heaven and what is on earth. + * **I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth.** (Matthew 11:25 ULB) + * I praise you, Father, Lord of everything, including both what is in heaven and what is on earth. - * **He will bless those who honor him, both young and old.** (Psalm 115:13 ULB) - * He will bless all those who honor him, regardless of whether they are young or old. + * **He will bless those who honor him, both young and old.** (Psalm 115:13 ULB) + * He will bless all those who honor him, regardless of whether they are young or old. diff --git a/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md b/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md index 465ec75..cc5b360 100644 --- a/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-metaphor/01.md @@ -131,52 +131,50 @@ If people do not or would not understand it, here are some other strategies. 1. If the metaphor is a common expression of a patterned pair of concepts in a biblical language, express the main idea in the simplest way preferred by your language. - * **Then one of the leaders of the synagogue, named Jairus, came, and when he saw him, fell at his feet.** (Mark 5:22 ULB) - * Then one of the leaders of the synagogue, named Jairus, came, and when he saw him, immediately bowed down in front of him. + * **Then one of the leaders of the synagogue, named Jairus, came, and when he saw him, fell at his feet.** (Mark 5:22 ULB) + * Then one of the leaders of the synagogue, named Jairus, came, and when he saw him, immediately bowed down in front of him. 1. If the metaphor seems to be a "live" metaphor, you can translate it literally if you think that the target language also uses this metaphor. If you do this, be sure to test it to make sure that the language community understands it correctly. - * **It was because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law,** (Mark 10:5 ULB) - * It was because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law, + * **It was because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law,** (Mark 10:5 ULB) + * It was because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law, There is no change to this one - but it must be tested to make sure that the target audience correctly understands this metaphor. 1. If the target audience does not realize that it is a metaphor, then change the metaphor to a simile. Some languages do this by adding words such as "like" or "as." - * **And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the clay. You are our potter; and we all are the work of your hand.** (Isaiah 64:8 ULB) - * And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are like clay. You are like a potter; and we all are the work of your hand. + * **And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the clay. You are our potter; and we all are the work of your hand.** (Isaiah 64:8 ULB) + * And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are like clay. You are like a potter; and we all are the work of your hand. 1. If the target audience would not know the **image**, see [Translate Unknowns](../translate-unknown/01.md) for ideas on how to translate that image. - * **Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick a goad.** (Acts 26:14 ULB) - * Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick against a pointed stick. + * **Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick a goad.** (Acts 26:14 ULB) + * Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick against a pointed stick. 1. If the target audience would not use that **image** for that meaning, use an image from your own culture instead. Be sure that it is an image that could have been possible in Bible times. - * **And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the clay. You are our potter; and we all are the work of your hand.** (Isaiah 64:8 ULB) - * "And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the wood. You are our carver; and we all are the work of your hand." - * "And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the string. You are the weaver; and we all are the work of your hand." + * **And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the clay. You are our potter; and we all are the work of your hand.** (Isaiah 64:8 ULB) + * "And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the wood. You are our carver; and we all are the work of your hand." + * "And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the string. You are the weaver; and we all are the work of your hand." 1. If the target audience would not know what the **topic** is, then state the topic clearly. (However, do not do this if the original audience did not know what the topic was.) - * **Yahweh lives; may my rock be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted.** (Psalm 18:46 ULB) - * Yahweh lives; He is my rock. May he be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted. + * **Yahweh lives; may my rock be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted.** (Psalm 18:46 ULB) + * Yahweh lives; He is my rock. May he be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted. 1. If the target audience will not know the intended points of comparison between the image and the topic, then state them clearly. - * **Yahweh lives; may my rock be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted.** (Psalm 18:46 ULB) - * Yahweh lives; may he be praised because he is the rock under which I can hide from my enemies. May the God of my salvation be exalted. + * **Yahweh lives; may my rock be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted.** (Psalm 18:46 ULB) + * Yahweh lives; may he be praised because he is the rock under which I can hide from my enemies. May the God of my salvation be exalted. - * **Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick a goad.** (Acts 26:14 ULB) - * Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? You fight against me and hurt yourself like an ox that kicks against its owner's pointed stick. + * **Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick a goad.** (Acts 26:14 ULB) + * Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? You fight against me and hurt yourself like an ox that kicks against its owner's pointed stick. 1. If none of these strategies are satisfactory, then simply state the idea plainly without using a metaphor. - * **I will make you become fishers of men.** (Mark 1:17 ULB) - * I will make you become people who gather men. - * Now you gather fish. I will make you gather people. + * **I will make you become fishers of men.** (Mark 1:17 ULB) + * I will make you become people who gather men. + * Now you gather fish. I will make you gather people. -_To learn more about specific metaphors read:_ - -* [Biblical Imagery - Common Patterns](../bita-part1/01.md) +To learn more about specific metaphors, see [Biblical Imagery - Common Patterns](../bita-part1/01.md). diff --git a/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md b/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md index b610ebd..0b58062 100644 --- a/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-metonymy/01.md @@ -42,17 +42,17 @@ If people would easily understand the metonym, consider using it. Otherwise, her 1. Use the metonym along with the name of the thing it represents. - * **He took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, "This cup is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you.** (Luke 22:20 ULB) - * "He took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, "The wine in this cup is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you." + * **He took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, "This cup is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you.** (Luke 22:20 ULB) + * "He took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, "The wine in this cup is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you." 1. Use the name of the thing the metonym represents. - * **The Lord God will give him the throne of his father, David.** (Luke 1:32 ULB) - * "The Lord God will give him the kingly authority of his father, David." - * "The Lord God will make him king like his ancestor, King David." + * **The Lord God will give him the throne of his father, David.** (Luke 1:32 ULB) + * "The Lord God will give him the kingly authority of his father, David." + * "The Lord God will make him king like his ancestor, King David." - * **who warned you to flee from the wrath to come?** (Luke 3:7 ULB) - * "who warned you to flee from God's coming punishment?" + * **who warned you to flee from the wrath to come?** (Luke 3:7 ULB) + * "who warned you to flee from God's coming punishment?" To learn about some common metonymies, see [Biblical Imagery - Common Metonymies](../bita-part2/01.md). diff --git a/translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md b/translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md index 4e54f06..fe181da 100644 --- a/translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md @@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ If your language uses adjectives as nouns to refer to a class of people, conside 1. Use the adjective with a plural form of the noun that the adjective describes. * **The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of the righteous.** (Psalms 125:3 ULB) - * The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of righteous people. + * The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of righteous people. * **Blessed are the meek ...** (Matthew 5:5 ULB) - * Blessed are people who are meek ... + * Blessed are people who are meek ... diff --git a/translate/figs-parables/01.md b/translate/figs-parables/01.md index 6a96bad..a622e7c 100644 --- a/translate/figs-parables/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-parables/01.md @@ -26,17 +26,17 @@ This parable teaches that the kingdom of God may seem small at first, but it wil 1. If a parable is hard to understand because it has unknown things in it, you can replace the unknown things with things that people in your culture know. However, be careful to keep the teaching the same. - * **Jesus said to them, "Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a lampstand"**. (Mark 4:21 ULB) - If people do not know what a lampstand is, you could substitute something else that people put a light on so it can give light to the house. - * Jesus said to them, "Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a high shelf. + * **Jesus said to them, "Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a lampstand"**. (Mark 4:21 ULB) - If people do not know what a lampstand is, you could substitute something else that people put a light on so it can give light to the house. + * Jesus said to them, "Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a high shelf. - * **Then Jesus presented another parable to them. He said, "The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and sowed in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches."** (Matthew 13:31-32 ULB) - To sow seeds means to toss them so that they scatter on the ground. If people are not familiar with sowing, you can substitute planting. - * Then Jesus presented another parable to them. He said, "The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and planted in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches." + * **Then Jesus presented another parable to them. He said, "The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and sowed in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches."** (Matthew 13:31-32 ULB) - To sow seeds means to toss them so that they scatter on the ground. If people are not familiar with sowing, you can substitute planting. + * Then Jesus presented another parable to them. He said, "The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and planted in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches." 1. If the teaching of the parable is unclear, consider telling a little about what it teaches in the introduction, such as "Jesus told this story about being generous." - * **Jesus said to them, "Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a lampstand"**. (Mark 4:21 ULB) - * Jesus told them a parable about why they should witness openly. "Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a lampstand." (Mark 4:21 ULB) + * **Jesus said to them, "Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a lampstand"**. (Mark 4:21 ULB) + * Jesus told them a parable about why they should witness openly. "Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a lampstand." (Mark 4:21 ULB) - * **Then Jesus presented another parable to them. He said, "The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and sowed in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches."** (Matthew 13:31-32 ULB) - * Then Jesus presented another parable to them about how the Kingdom of God grows. He said, "The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and sowed in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches." + * **Then Jesus presented another parable to them. He said, "The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and sowed in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches."** (Matthew 13:31-32 ULB) + * Then Jesus presented another parable to them about how the Kingdom of God grows. He said, "The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and sowed in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches." diff --git a/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md b/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md index 2121e97..50ac471 100644 --- a/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-parallelism/01.md @@ -74,25 +74,25 @@ For most kinds of parallelism, it is good to translate both of the clauses or ph 1. Combine the ideas of both clauses into one. - * **Until now you have deceived me and told me lies.** (Judges 16:13, ULB) - Delilah expressed this idea twice to emphasize that she was very upset. - * "Until now you have deceived me with your lies." + * **Until now you have deceived me and told me lies.** (Judges 16:13, ULB) - Delilah expressed this idea twice to emphasize that she was very upset. + * "Until now you have deceived me with your lies." - * **Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULB) - The phrase "all the paths he takes" is a metaphor for "all he does." - * "Yahweh pays attention to everything a person does." + * **Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULB) - The phrase "all the paths he takes" is a metaphor for "all he does." + * "Yahweh pays attention to everything a person does." - * **For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, and he will fight in court against Israel.** (Micah 6:2 ULB) - This parallelism describes one serious disagreement that Yahweh had with one group of people. If this is unclear, the phrases can be combined: - * "For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, Israel." + * **For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, and he will fight in court against Israel.** (Micah 6:2 ULB) - This parallelism describes one serious disagreement that Yahweh had with one group of people. If this is unclear, the phrases can be combined: + * "For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, Israel." 1. If it appears that the clauses are used together to show that what they say is really true, you could include words that emphasize the truth such as "truly" or "certainly." - * **Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULB) - * "Yahweh truly sees everything a person does." + * **Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULB) + * "Yahweh truly sees everything a person does." 1. If it appears that the clauses are used together to intensify an idea in them, you could use words like "very," "completely" or "all." - * **you have deceived me and told me lies.** (Judges 16:13 ULB) - * "All you have done is lie to me." + * **you have deceived me and told me lies.** (Judges 16:13 ULB) + * "All you have done is lie to me." - * **Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULB) - * "Yahweh sees absolutely everything that a person does." + * **Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULB) + * "Yahweh sees absolutely everything that a person does." diff --git a/translate/figs-personification/01.md b/translate/figs-personification/01.md index cabf258..7834c5d 100644 --- a/translate/figs-personification/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-personification/01.md @@ -42,19 +42,18 @@ If the personification would be understood clearly, consider using it. If it wou 1. Add words or phrases to make it clear. - * ** ... sin crouches at the door** (Genesis 4:7 ULB) - God speaks of sin as a wild animal that is waiting for the chance to attack. This shows how dangerous sin is. An additional phrase can be added to make this danger clear. - * ... sin is at your door, waiting to attack you + * ** ... sin crouches at the door** (Genesis 4:7 ULB) - God speaks of sin as a wild animal that is waiting for the chance to attack. This shows how dangerous sin is. An additional phrase can be added to make this danger clear. + * ... sin is at your door, waiting to attack you 1. Use words such as "like" or "as" to show that the sentences is not to be understood literally. - * ** ... sin crouches at the door** (Genesis 4:7 ULB) - This can be translated with the word "as." - * ... sin is crouching at the door, just as a wild animal does waiting to attack a person. + * ** ... sin crouches at the door** (Genesis 4:7 ULB) - This can be translated with the word "as." + * ... sin is crouching at the door, just as a wild animal does waiting to attack a person. 1. Find a way to translate it without the personification. - * ** ... even the winds and the sea obey him** (Matthew 8:27 ULB) - The men speak of the "wind and the sea as if they are able to hear" and obey Jesus as people can. This could also be translated without the idea of obedience by speaking of Jesus controlling them. - * He even controls the winds and the sea. - + * ** ... even the winds and the sea obey him** (Matthew 8:27 ULB) - The men speak of the "wind and the sea as if they are able to hear" and obey Jesus as people can. This could also be translated without the idea of obedience by speaking of Jesus controlling them. + * He even controls the winds and the sea. **Note**: We have broadened our definition of "personification" to include "zoomorphism" (speaking of other things as if they had animal characteristics) and "anthropomorphism" (speaking of non-human things as if they had human characteristics.) diff --git a/translate/figs-possession/01.md b/translate/figs-possession/01.md index fb820f6..d496f44 100644 --- a/translate/figs-possession/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-possession/01.md @@ -83,25 +83,25 @@ If possession would be a natural way to show a particular relationship between t 1. Use an adjective to show that one describes the other. The adjective below is in **bold** print. * **On their heads were something like crowns of gold** (Revelation 9:7) - * "On their heads were **gold** crowns" + * "On their heads were **gold** crowns" 1. Use a verb to show how the two are related. In the example below, the added verb is in bold. * ** ... Whoever gives you a cup of water to drink ... will not lose his reward.** (Mark 9:41 ULB) - * ... Whoever gives you a cup that **has** water in it to drink ... will not lose his reward. + * ... Whoever gives you a cup that **has** water in it to drink ... will not lose his reward. * **Wealth is worthless on the day of wrath** (Proverbs 11:4 ULB) - * Wealth is worthless on the day when God **shows** his wrath. - * Wealth is worthless on the day when God **punishes** people because of his wrath. + * Wealth is worthless on the day when God **shows** his wrath. + * Wealth is worthless on the day when God **punishes** people because of his wrath. 1. If one of the nouns refers to an event, translate it as a verb. In the example below, that verb is in bold. * **Notice that I am not speaking to your children, who have not known or seen the punishment of Yahweh your God,** (Deuteronomy 11:2 ULB) - * Notice that I am not speaking to your children who have not known or seen how Yahweh your God **punished** the people of Egypt. + * Notice that I am not speaking to your children who have not known or seen how Yahweh your God **punished** the people of Egypt. * **You will only observe and see the punishment of the wicked.** (Psalms 91:8 ULB) - * You will only observe and see how Yahweh **punishes** the wicked. + * You will only observe and see how Yahweh **punishes** the wicked. * **... you will receive the gift of the Holy Spirit.** (Acts 2:38 ULB) - * ... you will receive the Holy Spirit, whom God will **give** to you. + * ... you will receive the Holy Spirit, whom God will **give** to you. diff --git a/translate/figs-quotations/01.md b/translate/figs-quotations/01.md index 8afff42..aef4111 100644 --- a/translate/figs-quotations/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-quotations/01.md @@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ If the kind of quote used in the source text would work well in your language, c 1. If a direct quote would not work well in your language, change it to an indirect quote. - * **He instructed him to tell no one, but told him, "Go on your way, and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them."** (Luke 5:14 ULB) - * He instructed him to tell no one, but to go on his way, and to show himself to the priest and to offer a sacrifice for his cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them." + * **He instructed him to tell no one, but told him, "Go on your way, and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them."** (Luke 5:14 ULB) + * He instructed him to tell no one, but to go on his way, and to show himself to the priest and to offer a sacrifice for his cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them." 1. If an indirect quote would not work well in your language, change it to a direct quote. - * **He instructed him, to tell no one, but told him, "Go on your way, and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them."** (Luke 5:14 ULB) - * He instructed him, "Tell no one. Just go on your way, and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them." + * **He instructed him, to tell no one, but told him, "Go on your way, and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them."** (Luke 5:14 ULB) + * He instructed him, "Tell no one. Just go on your way, and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them." -You may also want to watch the video at http://ufw.io/figs_quotations. \ No newline at end of file +You may also want to watch the video at http://ufw.io/figs_quotations. diff --git a/translate/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md b/translate/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md index 0435ab0..4235889 100644 --- a/translate/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md @@ -48,14 +48,14 @@ Some languages use only direct quotes. Other languages use a combination of dire 1. Translate all of the quotes as direct quotes. In the example below we have underlined the indirect quotes in the ULB and the quotes that we have changed to direct quotes below it. - * **Festus presented Paul's case to the king; he said, "A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner. ...I was puzzled about how to investigate this matter, and I asked him if he would go to Jerusalem to be judged there about these things. But when Paul called to be kept under guard for the Emperor's decision, I ordered him to be kept until I send him to Caesar."** (Acts 25:14-21 ULB) - * Festus presented Paul's case to the king; he said, "A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner. ...I was puzzled about how to investigate this matter, and I asked him, 'Will you go to Jerusalem to be judged there about these things?' But when Paul said, 'I want to be kept under guard for the Emperor's decision,' I told the guard, 'Keep him under guard until I send him to Caesar.'" + * **Festus presented Paul's case to the king; he said, "A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner. ...I was puzzled about how to investigate this matter, and I asked him if he would go to Jerusalem to be judged there about these things. But when Paul called to be kept under guard for the Emperor's decision, I ordered him to be kept until I send him to Caesar."** (Acts 25:14-21 ULB) + * Festus presented Paul's case to the king; he said, "A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner. ...I was puzzled about how to investigate this matter, and I asked him, 'Will you go to Jerusalem to be judged there about these things?' But when Paul said, 'I want to be kept under guard for the Emperor's decision,' I told the guard, 'Keep him under guard until I send him to Caesar.'" 1. Translate one or some of the quotes as indirect quotes. In English the word "that" can come before indirect quotes. It is underlined in the examples below. The pronouns that changed because of the indirect quote are also underlined. - * **Then Yahweh spoke to Moses and said, "I have heard the grumbling of the Israelites. Tell them, 'At twilight you will eat meat, and in the morning you will be filled with bread. Then you will know that I am Yahweh your God.' "** (Exodus 16:11-12 ULB) - * Then Yahweh spoke to Moses and said, "I have heard the grumbling of the Israelites. Tell them that at twilight they will eat meat, and in the morning they will be filled with bread. Then they will know that I am Yahweh their God." + * **Then Yahweh spoke to Moses and said, "I have heard the grumbling of the Israelites. Tell them, 'At twilight you will eat meat, and in the morning you will be filled with bread. Then you will know that I am Yahweh your God.' "** (Exodus 16:11-12 ULB) + * Then Yahweh spoke to Moses and said, "I have heard the grumbling of the Israelites. Tell them that at twilight they will eat meat, and in the morning they will be filled with bread. Then they will know that I am Yahweh their God." - * **They said to him, "A man came to meet us who said to us, 'Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, "Yahweh says this: 'Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.' " ' "** (2 Kings 1:6 ULB) - * They told him that a man had come to meet them who said to them, "Go back to the king who sent you, and tell him that Yahweh says this: 'Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.' " + * **They said to him, "A man came to meet us who said to us, 'Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, "Yahweh says this: 'Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.' " ' "** (2 Kings 1:6 ULB) + * They told him that a man had come to meet them who said to them, "Go back to the king who sent you, and tell him that Yahweh says this: 'Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.' " diff --git a/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md b/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md index 5841889..6c76164 100644 --- a/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md @@ -48,31 +48,31 @@ If a reflexive pronoun would have the same function in your language, consider u 1. In some languages people put something on the verb to show that the object of the verb is the same as the subject. - * **If I should testify about myself alone, my testimony would not be true.** (John 5:31) - * "If I should self-testify alone, my testimony would not be true." + * **If I should testify about myself alone, my testimony would not be true.** (John 5:31) + * "If I should self-testify alone, my testimony would not be true." - * **Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many went up to Jerusalem out of the country before the Passover in order to purify themselves.** (John 11:55) - * "Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many went up to Jerusalem out of the country before the Passover in order to self-purify." + * **Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many went up to Jerusalem out of the country before the Passover in order to purify themselves.** (John 11:55) + * "Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many went up to Jerusalem out of the country before the Passover in order to self-purify." 1. In some languages people emphasize a certain person or thing by referring to it in a special place in the sentence. - * **He himself took our sickness and bore our diseases.** (Matthew 8:17 ULB) - * "It was he who took our sickness and bore our diseases." + * **He himself took our sickness and bore our diseases.** (Matthew 8:17 ULB) + * "It was he who took our sickness and bore our diseases." - * **Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were.** (John 4:2) - * "It was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples were." + * **Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were.** (John 4:2) + * "It was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples were." 1. In some languages people emphasize a certain person or thing by adding something to that word or putting another word with it. English adds the reflexive pronoun. - * **Now Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do.** (John 6:6) + * **Now Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do.** (John 6:6) 1. In some languages people show that someone did something alone by using a word like "alone." - * **When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again up the mountain by himself.** (John 6:15) - * "When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again alone up the mountain." + * **When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again up the mountain by himself.** (John 6:15) + * "When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again alone up the mountain." 1. In some languages people show that something was alone by using a phrase that tells about where it was. - * **He saw the linen cloths lying there and the cloth that had been on his head. It was not lying with the linen cloths but was rolled up in its place by itself.** (John 20:6-7 ULB) - * "He saw the linen cloths lying there and the cloth that had been on his head. It was not lying with the linen cloths but was rolled up and lying in it's own place." + * **He saw the linen cloths lying there and the cloth that had been on his head. It was not lying with the linen cloths but was rolled up in its place by itself.** (John 20:6-7 ULB) + * "He saw the linen cloths lying there and the cloth that had been on his head. It was not lying with the linen cloths but was rolled up and lying in it's own place." diff --git a/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md b/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md index a23d3e7..9c2f54b 100644 --- a/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-rquestion/01.md @@ -75,36 +75,36 @@ If using the rhetorical question would be natural and give the right meaning in 1. Add the answer after the question. - * **Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number!** (Jeremiah 2:32 ULB) - * Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? Of course not! Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number! + * **Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number!** (Jeremiah 2:32 ULB) + * Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? Of course not! Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number! - * **Or what man among you is there who, if his son asks him for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone?** (Matthew 7:9 ULB) - * Or what man among you is there who, if his son asks him for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? None of you would do that! + * **Or what man among you is there who, if his son asks him for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone?** (Matthew 7:9 ULB) + * Or what man among you is there who, if his son asks him for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? None of you would do that! 1. Change the rhetorical question to a statement or exclamation. - * **What is the kingdom of God like, and what can I compare it to? It is like a mustard seed...** (Luke 13:18-19 ULB) - * This is what the kingdom of God is like. It is like a mustard seed..." + * **What is the kingdom of God like, and what can I compare it to? It is like a mustard seed...** (Luke 13:18-19 ULB) + * This is what the kingdom of God is like. It is like a mustard seed..." - * **Is this how you insult God's high priest?** (Acts 23:4 ULB) - * You should not insult God's high priest! + * **Is this how you insult God's high priest?** (Acts 23:4 ULB) + * You should not insult God's high priest! - * **Why did I not die when I came out from the womb?** (Job 3:11 ULB) - * I wish I had died when I came out from the womb! + * **Why did I not die when I came out from the womb?** (Job 3:11 ULB) + * I wish I had died when I came out from the womb! - * **And why has it happened to me that the mother of my Lord should come to me?** (Luke 1:43 ULB) - * How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to me! + * **And why has it happened to me that the mother of my Lord should come to me?** (Luke 1:43 ULB) + * How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to me! 1. Change the rhetorical question to a statement, and then follow it with a short question. - * **Do you not still rule the kingdom of Israel?** (1 Kings 21:7 ULB) - * You still rule the kingdom of Israel, do you not? + * **Do you not still rule the kingdom of Israel?** (1 Kings 21:7 ULB) + * You still rule the kingdom of Israel, do you not? 1. Change the form of the question so that it communicates in your langauge what the orignal speaker communicated in his. - * **Or what man among you is there who, if his son asks him for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone?** (Matthew 7:9 ULB) - * If your son asks you for a loaf of bread, would you give him a stone? + * **Or what man among you is there who, if his son asks him for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone?** (Matthew 7:9 ULB) + * If your son asks you for a loaf of bread, would you give him a stone? - * **Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number!** (Jeremiah 2:32 ULB) - * What virgin would forget her jewelry, and what bride would forget her veils? Yet my poeple have forgotten me for days without number + * **Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number!** (Jeremiah 2:32 ULB) + * What virgin would forget her jewelry, and what bride would forget her veils? Yet my poeple have forgotten me for days without number diff --git a/translate/figs-simile/01.md b/translate/figs-simile/01.md index 52708a3..f1762d9 100644 --- a/translate/figs-simile/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-simile/01.md @@ -46,28 +46,28 @@ If people would understand the correct meaning of a simile, consider using it. I 1. If people do not know how the two items are alike, tell how they are alike. However, do not do this if the meaning was not clear to the original audience. - * **See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves** (Matthew 10:16 ULB) - This compares the danger that Jesus' disciples would be in with the danger that sheep are in when they are surrounded by wolves. - * See, I send you out among wicked people and you will be in danger from them as sheep are in danger when they are among wolves. + * **See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves** (Matthew 10:16 ULB) - This compares the danger that Jesus' disciples would be in with the danger that sheep are in when they are surrounded by wolves. + * See, I send you out among wicked people and you will be in danger from them as sheep are in danger when they are among wolves. - * **For the word of God is living and active and sharper than any two-edged sword.** (Hebrews 4:12 ULB) - * For the word of God is living and active and more powerful than a very sharp two-edged sword + * **For the word of God is living and active and sharper than any two-edged sword.** (Hebrews 4:12 ULB) + * For the word of God is living and active and more powerful than a very sharp two-edged sword 1. If people are not familiar with the item that something is compared to, use an item from your own culture. Be sure that it is one that could have been used in the cultures of the Bible. - * **See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves,** (Matthew 10:16 ULB) - If people do not know what sheep and wolves are, or that wolves kill and eat sheep, you could use some other animal that kills another. - * See, I send you out as chickens in the midst of wild dogs, + * **See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves,** (Matthew 10:16 ULB) - If people do not know what sheep and wolves are, or that wolves kill and eat sheep, you could use some other animal that kills another. + * See, I send you out as chickens in the midst of wild dogs, - * **How often did I long to gather your children together, just as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings, but you did not agree!** (Matthew 23:37 ULB) - * How often I wanted to gather your children together, as a mother closely watches over her infants, but you refused! + * **How often did I long to gather your children together, just as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings, but you did not agree!** (Matthew 23:37 ULB) + * How often I wanted to gather your children together, as a mother closely watches over her infants, but you refused! - * **If you have faith even as small as a grain of mustard,** (Matthew 17:20) - * If you have faith even as small as a tiny seed, + * **If you have faith even as small as a grain of mustard,** (Matthew 17:20) + * If you have faith even as small as a tiny seed, 1. Simply describe the item without comparing it to another. - * **See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves,** (Matthew 10:16 ULB) - * See, I send you out and people will want to harm you. + * **See, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves,** (Matthew 10:16 ULB) + * See, I send you out and people will want to harm you. - * **How often did I long to gather your children together, just as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings, but you did not agree!** (Matthew 23:37 ULB) - * How often I wanted to protect you, but you refused! + * **How often did I long to gather your children together, just as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings, but you did not agree!** (Matthew 23:37 ULB) + * How often I wanted to protect you, but you refused! diff --git a/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md b/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md index e1e1618..a6baf96 100644 --- a/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ If the synecdoche would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, 1. State specifically what the synecdoche refers to. - * **"My soul exalts the Lord."** (Luke 1:46 ULB) - * "I exalt the Lord." + * **"My soul exalts the Lord."** (Luke 1:46 ULB) + * "I exalt the Lord." - * **...the Pharisees said to him** (Mark 2:24 ULB) - * ...a representative of the Pharisees said to him ... + * **...the Pharisees said to him** (Mark 2:24 ULB) + * ...a representative of the Pharisees said to him ... - * **... I looked on all the deeds that my hands had accomplished ...** (Ecclesiastes 2:11 ULB) - * I looked on all the deeds that I had accomplished + * **... I looked on all the deeds that my hands had accomplished ...** (Ecclesiastes 2:11 ULB) + * I looked on all the deeds that I had accomplished diff --git a/translate/figs-synonparallelism/01.md b/translate/figs-synonparallelism/01.md index 2465d6c..14d1e8b 100644 --- a/translate/figs-synonparallelism/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-synonparallelism/01.md @@ -42,25 +42,25 @@ If your language uses parallelism in the same way as the biblical languages, tha 1. Combine the ideas of both clauses into one. - * **Until now you have deceived me and told me lies.** (Judges 16:13, ULB) - Delilah expressed this idea twice to emphasize that she was very upset. - * Until now you have deceived me with your lies. + * **Until now you have deceived me and told me lies.** (Judges 16:13, ULB) - Delilah expressed this idea twice to emphasize that she was very upset. + * Until now you have deceived me with your lies. - * **Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULB) - The phrase "all the paths he takes" is a metaphor for "all he does." - * Yahweh pays attention to everything a person does. + * **Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULB) - The phrase "all the paths he takes" is a metaphor for "all he does." + * Yahweh pays attention to everything a person does. - * **For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, and he will fight in court against Israel.** (Micah 6:2 ULB) - This parallelism describes one serious disagreement that Yahweh had with one group of people. If this is unclear, the phrases can be combined: - * For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, Israel. + * **For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, and he will fight in court against Israel.** (Micah 6:2 ULB) - This parallelism describes one serious disagreement that Yahweh had with one group of people. If this is unclear, the phrases can be combined: + * For Yahweh has a lawsuit with his people, Israel. 1. If it appears that the clauses are used together to show that what they say is really true, you could include words that emphasize the truth such as "truly" or "certainly." - * **Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULB) - * Yahweh truly sees everything a person does. + * **Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULB) + * Yahweh truly sees everything a person does. 1. If it appears that the clauses are used together to intensify an idea in them, you could use words like "very," "completely" or "all." - * **... you have deceived me and told me lies.** (Judges 16:13 ULB) - * All you have done is lie to me. + * **... you have deceived me and told me lies.** (Judges 16:13 ULB) + * All you have done is lie to me. - * **Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULB) - * Yahweh sees absolutely everything that a person does. + * **Yahweh sees everything a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULB) + * Yahweh sees absolutely everything that a person does. diff --git a/translate/figs-youformal/01.md b/translate/figs-youformal/01.md index cad57bc..8a6819b 100644 --- a/translate/figs-youformal/01.md +++ b/translate/figs-youformal/01.md @@ -40,12 +40,12 @@ Translators whose language has formal and informal forms of "you" will need to u 1. Pay attention to the relationships between the speakers. - * Is one speaker in authority over the other? - * Is one speaker older than the other? - * Are the speakers family members, relatives, friends, strangers, or enemies? + * Is one speaker in authority over the other? + * Is one speaker older than the other? + * Are the speakers family members, relatives, friends, strangers, or enemies? 1. If you have a Bible in a language that has formal and informal forms of "you," see what forms it uses. Remember, though, that the rules in that language might be different than the rules in your language. ### Translation Strategies Applied -English does not have formal and informal forms of "you", so we cannot show in English how to translate using formal and informal forms of "you." Please see the examples and discussion above. \ No newline at end of file +English does not have formal and informal forms of "you", so we cannot show in English how to translate using formal and informal forms of "you." Please see the examples and discussion above. diff --git a/translate/guidelines-faithful/01.md b/translate/guidelines-faithful/01.md index cb54d83..aeb76b4 100644 --- a/translate/guidelines-faithful/01.md +++ b/translate/guidelines-faithful/01.md @@ -11,24 +11,24 @@ Always translating faithfully can be difficult for several reasons: 1. You might be used to the way that your church interprets some Bible passages, and not know that there are other interpretations. - * Example: When you are translating the word "baptize," you might want to translate it with a word that means "sprinkle," because that is what your church does. But after reading translationWords, you learn that the word has a meaning in the range of "plunge," "dip," "wash," or "purify." + * Example: When you are translating the word "baptize," you might want to translate it with a word that means "sprinkle," because that is what your church does. But after reading translationWords, you learn that the word has a meaning in the range of "plunge," "dip," "wash," or "purify." 1. You might want to translate a Bible passage in a way that accords with your culture, rather than according to what it meant when it was written. - * Example: It is common in North American culture for women to speak and preach in churches. A translator from that culture might be tempted to translate the words of 1 Corinthians 14:34 in a way that is not as strict as the Apostle Paul wrote them: "... the women should keep silent in the churches." But a faithful translator will translate the meaning of the Bible passage just the way it is. + * Example: It is common in North American culture for women to speak and preach in churches. A translator from that culture might be tempted to translate the words of 1 Corinthians 14:34 in a way that is not as strict as the Apostle Paul wrote them: "... the women should keep silent in the churches." But a faithful translator will translate the meaning of the Bible passage just the way it is. 1. You might not like something that the Bible says, and be tempted to change it. - * Example: You might not like what Jesus says in John 6:53, "Truly, truly, unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves." This may seem disgusting to you. But you must translate it faithfully, so that your people can read it and contemplate what Jesus meant by it. + * Example: You might not like what Jesus says in John 6:53, "Truly, truly, unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves." This may seem disgusting to you. But you must translate it faithfully, so that your people can read it and contemplate what Jesus meant by it. 1. You might be afraid of what others in your village will think or do if they read a faithful translation of what the Bible says. - * Example: You might be tempted to translate God's words in Matthew 3:17, "This is my beloved Son. I am very pleased with him," with a word that does not mean "son." But you must remember that you do not have the right to change the meaning of what the Bible says. + * Example: You might be tempted to translate God's words in Matthew 3:17, "This is my beloved Son. I am very pleased with him," with a word that does not mean "son." But you must remember that you do not have the right to change the meaning of what the Bible says. 1. You might know something extra about the Bible passage that you are translating and want to add that to your translation. - * Example: When you are translating Mark 10:11, "Whoever divorces his wife and marries another woman commits adultery against her," you might know that in Matthew 19:9 there is also the phrase, "...except for sexual immorality...." Even so, do not add this phrase into Mark 10:11, because that would not be translating faithfully. Also, do not add any of your own ideas or teachings from your church. Only translate the meaning that is there in the Bible passage. + * Example: When you are translating Mark 10:11, "Whoever divorces his wife and marries another woman commits adultery against her," you might know that in Matthew 19:9 there is also the phrase, "...except for sexual immorality...." Even so, do not add this phrase into Mark 10:11, because that would not be translating faithfully. Also, do not add any of your own ideas or teachings from your church. Only translate the meaning that is there in the Bible passage. In order to avoid these biases, especially the ones that you might not be aware of, you must study the translationNotes (see http://ufw.io/tn/), translationWords (see http://ufw.io/tw/) and the *Unlocked Dynamic Bible* (see http://ufw.io/udb/), as well as any other translation helps that you have. That way you will know what the meaning of the Bible passage is, and you will be less likely to translate in a biased, unfaithful way. -(You may also want to watch the video at http://ufw.io/guidelines_faithful.) \ No newline at end of file +(You may also want to watch the video at http://ufw.io/guidelines_faithful.) diff --git a/translate/qualifications/01.md b/translate/qualifications/01.md index d74c2a3..b7d392a 100644 --- a/translate/qualifications/01.md +++ b/translate/qualifications/01.md @@ -5,23 +5,23 @@ The leaders of the church networks that will be involved in the translation shou 1. Is the person known to be a very good speaker of the target language? It is important that the person speak the target language very well. - * Can this person read and write the target language well? - * Has the person been living in the language community for much of his or her life? Someone who has lived away from the language area for a very long period of time might have difficulty making a natural translation. - * Do people respect the way this person speaks their own language? - * What is the age and local language background of each translator? It is usually good to have people from different places in the language area and of different ages, because people of different places and ages might use the language differently. These people then need to agree on a way to say things that sound good to all of them. + * Can this person read and write the target language well? + * Has the person been living in the language community for much of his or her life? Someone who has lived away from the language area for a very long period of time might have difficulty making a natural translation. + * Do people respect the way this person speaks their own language? + * What is the age and local language background of each translator? It is usually good to have people from different places in the language area and of different ages, because people of different places and ages might use the language differently. These people then need to agree on a way to say things that sound good to all of them. 1. Does the person have a very good understanding of the source language? - * What level of education have they received, and how have they obtained skills in the source language? - * Does the Christian community recognize that this person has adequate skills to speak the source language and an education sufficient to use the Notes or other exegetical helps provided? - * Can the person read and write the source language with fluency and understanding? + * What level of education have they received, and how have they obtained skills in the source language? + * Does the Christian community recognize that this person has adequate skills to speak the source language and an education sufficient to use the Notes or other exegetical helps provided? + * Can the person read and write the source language with fluency and understanding? 1. Is the person respected in the community as a follower of Christ? The person must be humble and willing to listen to suggestions or corrections from others concerning his or her translation work. The person must be always willing to learn from others. - * How long have they been a Christian, and are they in good standing with their Christian community? - * How has this person shown himself to be committed to Christ as a disciple? Bible translation is difficult, involves many revisions, and requires dedication to the task. + * How long have they been a Christian, and are they in good standing with their Christian community? + * How has this person shown himself to be committed to Christ as a disciple? Bible translation is difficult, involves many revisions, and requires dedication to the task. After the translators have been working for awhile, the translation committee will need to make sure that they are working well. They may ask: -* Does their work meet the expectations of their fellow translators and local church leaders? (Has the translator been willing to work with others in testing and checking their translation?) + * Does their work meet the expectations of their fellow translators and local church leaders? (Has the translator been willing to work with others in testing and checking their translation?) diff --git a/translate/translate-bdistance/01.md b/translate/translate-bdistance/01.md index 31115dc..353135b 100644 --- a/translate/translate-bdistance/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-bdistance/01.md @@ -45,23 +45,23 @@ The strategies are all applied to Exodus 25:10 below. 1. Use the measurements given in the ULB. These are the same kinds of measurements that the original writers used. Spell them in a way that is similar to the way they sound or are spelled in the ULB. (see [Copy or Borrow Words](../translate-transliterate/01.md)) - * "They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be two and a half kubits; its width will be one kubit and a half; and its height will be one kubit and a half." + * "They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be two and a half kubits; its width will be one kubit and a half; and its height will be one kubit and a half." 1. Use the metric measurements given in the UDB. The translators of the UDB have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system. - * "They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be one meter; its width will be two thirds of a meter; and its height will be two thirds of a meter." + * "They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be one meter; its width will be two thirds of a meter; and its height will be two thirds of a meter." 1. Use measurements that are already used in your language. In order to do this you would need to know how your measurements relate to the metric system and figure out each measurement. For example, if you measure things using the standard foot length, you could translate it as below. - * "They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be 3 3/4 feet; its width will be 2 1/4 feet; and its height will be 2 1/4 feet." + * "They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be 3 3/4 feet; its width will be 2 1/4 feet; and its height will be 2 1/4 feet." 1. Use the measurements from the ULB and include measurements that your people know in the text or a note. The following shows both measurements in the text. - * "They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be two and a half cubits (one meter); its width will be one cubit and a half (two thirds of a meter); and its height will be one cubit and a half (two thirds of a meter)." + * "They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be two and a half cubits (one meter); its width will be one cubit and a half (two thirds of a meter); and its height will be one cubit and a half (two thirds of a meter)." 1. Use measurements that your people know, and include the measurements from the ULB in the text or in a note. The following shows the ULB measurements in notes. - * "They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be one meter1; its width will be two thirds of a meter 2; and its height will be two thirds of a meter." The footnotes would look like: - * [1] two and a half cubits - * [2] one cubit and a half + * "They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be one meter1; its width will be two thirds of a meter 2; and its height will be two thirds of a meter." The footnotes would look like: + * [1] two and a half cubits + * [2] one cubit and a half diff --git a/translate/translate-bmoney/01.md b/translate/translate-bmoney/01.md index 22659b9..bb4f577 100644 --- a/translate/translate-bmoney/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-bmoney/01.md @@ -43,24 +43,24 @@ The translations strategies are all applied to Luke 7:41 below. 1. Use the Bible term and spell it in a way that is similar to the way it sounds. (see [Copy or Borrow Words](../translate-transliterate/01.md)) - * "The one owed five hundred denali, and the other owed fifty denali." (Luke 7:41 ULB) + * "The one owed five hundred denali, and the other owed fifty denali." (Luke 7:41 ULB) 1. Describe the value of the money in terms of what kind of metal it was made of and how many pieces or coins were used. - * "The one owed five hundred silver coins, and the other owed fifty silver coins." (Luke 7:41 ULB) + * "The one owed five hundred silver coins, and the other owed fifty silver coins." (Luke 7:41 ULB) 1. Describe the value of the money in terms of what people in Bible times could earn in one day of work. - * "The one owed five hundred days' wages, and the other owed fifty days' wages." + * "The one owed five hundred days' wages, and the other owed fifty days' wages." 1. Use the Bible term and give the equivalent amount in the text or a footnote. - * "The one owed five hundred denarii1, and the other owed fifty denarii.2" (Luke 7:41 ULB) The footnotes would look like: - * [1] five hundred days's wages - * [2] fifty day's wages + * "The one owed five hundred denarii1, and the other owed fifty denarii.2" (Luke 7:41 ULB) The footnotes would look like: + * [1] five hundred days's wages + * [2] fifty day's wages 1. Use the Bible term and explain it in a footnote. - * "The one owed five hundred denarii1, and the other owed fifty denarii." (Luke 7:41 ULB) - * [1] A denarius was the amount of silver that people could earn in one day of work. + * "The one owed five hundred denarii1, and the other owed fifty denarii." (Luke 7:41 ULB) + * [1] A denarius was the amount of silver that people could earn in one day of work. diff --git a/translate/translate-bvolume/01.md b/translate/translate-bvolume/01.md index b1b2312..b7c784d 100644 --- a/translate/translate-bvolume/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-bvolume/01.md @@ -86,17 +86,17 @@ The strategies are all applied to Haggai 2:16 below. 1. Translate literally by using the number without a unit. - * whenever anyone came to the grainery for twenty of grain, there were only ten, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out fifty of wine, there were only twenty. + * whenever anyone came to the grainery for twenty of grain, there were only ten, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out fifty of wine, there were only twenty. 1. Use a generic word like "measure" or "quantity" or "amount." - * whenever anyone came to the grainery for twenty amounts of grain, there were only ten, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out fifty amounts of wine, there were only twenty. + * whenever anyone came to the grainery for twenty amounts of grain, there were only ten, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out fifty amounts of wine, there were only twenty. 1. Use the name of an appropriate container, such as "basket" for grain or "jar" for wine. - * whenever anyone came to the grainery for twenty baskets of grain, there were only ten, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out fifty jars of wine, there were only twenty. + * whenever anyone came to the grainery for twenty baskets of grain, there were only ten, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out fifty jars of wine, there were only twenty. 1. Use a unit of measure that you are already using in your translation. - * whenever anyone came to the grainery for twenty liters of grain, there were only ten liters, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out fifty liters of wine, there were only twenty liters. + * whenever anyone came to the grainery for twenty liters of grain, there were only ten liters, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out fifty liters of wine, there were only twenty liters. diff --git a/translate/translate-bweight/01.md b/translate/translate-bweight/01.md index 2a40974..5d43d4c 100644 --- a/translate/translate-bweight/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-bweight/01.md @@ -37,23 +37,23 @@ The strategies are all applied to Exodus 38:29 below. 1. Use the measurements from the ULB. These are the same kinds of measurements that the original writers used. Spell them in a way that is similar to the way they sound or are spelled in the ULB. (see [Copy or Borrow Words](../translate-transliterate/01.md)) - * "The bronze from the offering weighed seventy talentes and 2,400 sekeles." + * "The bronze from the offering weighed seventy talentes and 2,400 sekeles." 1. Use the metric measurements given in the UDB. The translators of the UDB have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system. - * "The bronze from the offering weighed 2,400 kilograms." + * "The bronze from the offering weighed 2,400 kilograms." 1. Use measurements that are already used in your language. In order to do this you would need to know how your measurements relate to the metric system and figure out each measurement. - * "The bronze from the offering weighed 5,300 pounds." + * "The bronze from the offering weighed 5,300 pounds." 1. Use the measurements from the ULB and include measurements that your people know in the text or a footnote. The following shows both measurements in the text. - * "The bronze from the offering weighed seventy talents (2,380 kilograms) and 2,400 shekels (26.4 kilograms)." + * "The bronze from the offering weighed seventy talents (2,380 kilograms) and 2,400 shekels (26.4 kilograms)." 1. Use measurements that your people know, and include the measurements from the ULB in the text or in a footnote. The following shows the ULB measurements in notes. - * "The bronze from the offering weighed seventy talents and 2,400 shekels.1" - * The footnote would look like: + * "The bronze from the offering weighed seventy talents and 2,400 shekels.1" + * The footnote would look like: [1] This was a total of about 2,400 kilograms. diff --git a/translate/translate-decimal/01.md b/translate/translate-decimal/01.md index e309e53..c79fc59 100644 --- a/translate/translate-decimal/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-decimal/01.md @@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ One and a half cubits is about .7 meter or seven tenths of a meter. 1. If you decide to use decimals and the measures in the ULB, you will need to change the fractions in the ULB to decimals. - * **three tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil as a grain offering, and one log of oil.** (Leviticus 14:10 ULB) - * " 0.3 ephah of fine flour mixed with oil as a grain offering, and one log of oil." + * **three tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil as a grain offering, and one log of oil.** (Leviticus 14:10 ULB) + * " 0.3 ephah of fine flour mixed with oil as a grain offering, and one log of oil." 1. If you decide to use fractions and the measures in the UDB, you will need to change the decimals in the UDB to fractions. - * **about 6.5 liters of a fine flour offering, mixed with olive oil, to be an offering, and about one third liter of olive oil.** (Leviticus 14:10 UDB) - * "about six and a half liters of a fine flour offering, mixed with olive oil, to be an offering, and about one third liter of olive oil." + * **about 6.5 liters of a fine flour offering, mixed with olive oil, to be an offering, and about one third liter of olive oil.** (Leviticus 14:10 UDB) + * "about six and a half liters of a fine flour offering, mixed with olive oil, to be an offering, and about one third liter of olive oil." diff --git a/translate/translate-discover/01.md b/translate/translate-discover/01.md index 99885f4..9bd1b26 100644 --- a/translate/translate-discover/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-discover/01.md @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ There are many different things that we can do to help us to discover the meanin 1. Read the whole passage through before you translate it. Understand the main point of the whole passage before you begin to translate it. If it is a narrative passage, such as a story of one of Jesus' miracles, picture the original situation. Imagine you were there. Imagine how people felt. 1. When translating the Bible, always use at least two versions of the Bible together as your source text. Comparing two versions will help you to think about the meaning, so that you do not just follow the words of one version literally. The two versions should be: - * One version that follows the form of the original language fairly closely, such as the Unlocked Literal Bible (ULB). - * One meaning-based version, such as the *Unlocked Dynamic Bible* (UDB). + * One version that follows the form of the original language fairly closely, such as the Unlocked Literal Bible (ULB). + * One meaning-based version, such as the *Unlocked Dynamic Bible* (UDB). 1. Use the translationWords resources to learn about terms that you are not familiar with. Words sometimes have more than one meaning. Make sure that you have understood the right meaning of the word in the passage. 1. Also use the translationNotes that are with the ULB Bible. These are available in the translationStudio program and the Door43 website. These will explain things about the passage that may not be clear. If possible, also use other reference books, such as other versions of the Bible, a Bible dictionary, or Bible commentaries. diff --git a/translate/translate-fraction/01.md b/translate/translate-fraction/01.md index 5d61c8b..c4c1cea 100644 --- a/translate/translate-fraction/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-fraction/01.md @@ -56,22 +56,22 @@ If a fraction in your language would give the right meaning, consider using it. 1. Tell the number of parts or groups that the item would be divided into, and then tell the number of parts or groups that is being referred to. - * **A third of the ocean became red like blood** (Revelation 8:8 ULB) - * It was like they divided the ocean into three parts, and one part of the ocean became blood. + * **A third of the ocean became red like blood** (Revelation 8:8 ULB) + * It was like they divided the ocean into three parts, and one part of the ocean became blood. - * **then you must offer with the bull a grain offering of three tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with half a hin of oil.** (Numbers 15:9 ULB) - * ... then you must divide an ephah of fine flour into ten parts and divide a hin of oil into two parts. Then mix three of those parts of the flour with one of the parts of oil. Then you must offer that grain offering along with the bull. + * **then you must offer with the bull a grain offering of three tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with half a hin of oil.** (Numbers 15:9 ULB) + * ... then you must divide an ephah of fine flour into ten parts and divide a hin of oil into two parts. Then mix three of those parts of the flour with one of the parts of oil. Then you must offer that grain offering along with the bull. 1. For measurements, use the measurements that are given in the UDB. The translators of the UDB have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system. - * **two thirds of a shekel** (1 Samuel 13:21 ULB) - * eight grams of silver (1 Samuel 13:21 UDB) + * **two thirds of a shekel** (1 Samuel 13:21 ULB) + * eight grams of silver (1 Samuel 13:21 UDB) - * **three tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with half a hin of oil.** (Numbers 15:9 ULB) - * six and one-half liters of finely ground flour mixed with two liters of olive oil. (Numbers 15:9 UDB) + * **three tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with half a hin of oil.** (Numbers 15:9 ULB) + * six and one-half liters of finely ground flour mixed with two liters of olive oil. (Numbers 15:9 UDB) 1. For measurements, use ones that are used in your language. In order to do that you would need to know how your measurements relates to the metric system and figure out each measurement. - * **three tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with half a hin of oil.** (Numbers 15:9, ULB) - * six quarts of fine flour mixed with two quarts of oil. + * **three tenths of an ephah of fine flour mixed with half a hin of oil.** (Numbers 15:9, ULB) + * six quarts of fine flour mixed with two quarts of oil. diff --git a/translate/translate-hebrewmonths/01.md b/translate/translate-hebrewmonths/01.md index aafa3d5..4f6b78c 100644 --- a/translate/translate-hebrewmonths/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-hebrewmonths/01.md @@ -63,20 +63,20 @@ The examples below use these two verses. 1. Tell the number of the Hebrew month. - * At that time, you will appear before me in the first month of the year, which is fixed for this purpose. It was in this month that you came out from Egypt. + * At that time, you will appear before me in the first month of the year, which is fixed for this purpose. It was in this month that you came out from Egypt. 1. Use the months that people know. - * At that time, you will appear before me in the month of March, which is fixed for this purpose. It was in this month that you came out from Egypt. - * It will always be a statute for you that on the day I choose in late September you must humble yourselves and do no work." + * At that time, you will appear before me in the month of March, which is fixed for this purpose. It was in this month that you came out from Egypt. + * It will always be a statute for you that on the day I choose in late September you must humble yourselves and do no work." 1. State clearly what season the month occurred in. - * It will always be a statute for you that in the autumn, on the tenth day of the seventh month, you must humble yourselves and do no work. + * It will always be a statute for you that in the autumn, on the tenth day of the seventh month, you must humble yourselves and do no work. 1. Refer to the time in terms of the season rather than in terms of the month. - * It will always be a statute for you that in the day I choose in early autumn1 you must humble yourselves and do no work. - * The footnote would look like: - * [1]The Hebrew says, "the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month." + * It will always be a statute for you that in the day I choose in early autumn1 you must humble yourselves and do no work. + * The footnote would look like: + * [1]The Hebrew says, "the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month." diff --git a/translate/translate-names/01.md b/translate/translate-names/01.md index 2546495..77558ff 100644 --- a/translate/translate-names/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-names/01.md @@ -73,23 +73,23 @@ Readers may not know that the names Saul and Paul refer to the same person. 1. If a person or place has two different names, use one name most of the time and the other name only when the text tells about the person or place having more than one name or when it says something about why the person or place was given that name. Write a footnote when the source text uses the name that is used less frequently. For example, Paul is called "Saul" before Acts 13 and "Paul" after Acts 13. You could translate his name as "Paul" all of the time, except in Acts 13:9 where it talks about him having both names. - * **... a young man named Saul** (Acts 7:58 ULB) - * ... a young man named Paul1 The footnote would look like: - * [1]Most versions say Saul here, but most of the time in the Bible he is called Paul. + * **... a young man named Saul** (Acts 7:58 ULB) + * ... a young man named Paul1 The footnote would look like: + * [1]Most versions say Saul here, but most of the time in the Bible he is called Paul. - * **But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit;** (Acts 13:9) - * But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit; + * **But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit;** (Acts 13:9) + * But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit; 1. Or if a person or place has two names, use whatever name is given in the source text, and add a footnote that gives the other name. For example, you could write "Saul" where the source text has "Saul" and "Paul" where the source text has "Paul." - * **a young man named Saul** (Acts 7:58 ULB) - * a young man named Saul The footnote would look like: - * [1]This is the same man who is called Paul beginning in Acts 13. + * **a young man named Saul** (Acts 7:58 ULB) + * a young man named Saul The footnote would look like: + * [1]This is the same man who is called Paul beginning in Acts 13. - * **But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit;** (Acts 13:9) - * But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit; + * **But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit;** (Acts 13:9) + * But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit; - * **It came about in Iconium that Paul and Barnabas entered together into the synagogue** (Acts 14:1 ULB) - * It came about in Iconium that Paul1 and Barnabas entered together into the synagogue The footnote would look like: - * [1]This is the man that was called Saul before Acts 13. + * **It came about in Iconium that Paul and Barnabas entered together into the synagogue** (Acts 14:1 ULB) + * It came about in Iconium that Paul1 and Barnabas entered together into the synagogue The footnote would look like: + * [1]This is the man that was called Saul before Acts 13. diff --git a/translate/translate-numbers/01.md b/translate/translate-numbers/01.md index c5a02e4..f9fd9e0 100644 --- a/translate/translate-numbers/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-numbers/01.md @@ -43,23 +43,23 @@ We will use the following verse in our examples: 1. Write numbers using numerals. - * I have prepared for Yahweh's house 100,000 talents of gold, 1,000,000 talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities. + * I have prepared for Yahweh's house 100,000 talents of gold, 1,000,000 talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities. 1. Write numbers using your language's words or the gateway language words for those numbers. - * I have prepared for Yahweh's house one hundred thousand talents of gold, one million talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities. + * I have prepared for Yahweh's house one hundred thousand talents of gold, one million talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities. 1. Write numbers using words, and put the numerals in parenthesis after them. - * I have prepared for Yahweh's house one hundred thousand (100,000) talents of gold, one million (1,000,000) talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities. + * I have prepared for Yahweh's house one hundred thousand (100,000) talents of gold, one million (1,000,000) talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities. 1. Combine words for large numbers. - * I have prepared for Yahweh's house one hundred thousand talents of gold, a thousand thousand talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities. + * I have prepared for Yahweh's house one hundred thousand talents of gold, a thousand thousand talents of silver, and bronze and iron in large quantities. 1. Use a very general expression for very large rounded numbers and write the numeral in parentheses afterward. - * I have prepared for Yahweh's house a great amount of gold (100,000 talents), ten times that amount of silver (1,000,000 talents), and bronze and iron in large quantities. + * I have prepared for Yahweh's house a great amount of gold (100,000 talents), ten times that amount of silver (1,000,000 talents), and bronze and iron in large quantities. #### Consistency diff --git a/translate/translate-ordinal/01.md b/translate/translate-ordinal/01.md index 9affa50..bb06b9a 100644 --- a/translate/translate-ordinal/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-ordinal/01.md @@ -55,16 +55,16 @@ If your language has ordinal numbers and using them would give the right meaning 1. Tell the total number of items, and use "one" with the first item and "another" or "the next" with the rest. - * **The first lot went to Jehoiarib, the second to Jedaiah, the third to Harim, the fourth to Seorim, … the twenty-third to Delaiah, and the twenty-fourth to Maaziah.** (1 Chronicles 24:7-18 ULB) - * There were twenty-four lots. One lot went to Jehoiarib, another to Jedaiah,  another  to Harim, … another to Delaiah, and the last went to  Maaziah. - * There were twenty-four lots. One lot went to Jehoiarib, the next to Jedaiah,  the next  to Harim, … the next to Delaiah, and the last went to  Maaziah. + * **The first lot went to Jehoiarib, the second to Jedaiah, the third to Harim, the fourth to Seorim, … the twenty-third to Delaiah, and the twenty-fourth to Maaziah.** (1 Chronicles 24:7-18 ULB) + * There were twenty-four lots. One lot went to Jehoiarib, another to Jedaiah,  another  to Harim, … another to Delaiah, and the last went to  Maaziah. + * There were twenty-four lots. One lot went to Jehoiarib, the next to Jedaiah,  the next  to Harim, … the next to Delaiah, and the last went to  Maaziah. - * **A river went out of Eden to water the garden. From there it divided and became four rivers. The name of the first is Pishon. It is the one which flows throughout the whole land of Havilah, where there is gold. The gold of that land is good. There is also bdellium and the onyx stone there. The name of the second river is Gihon. This one flows throughout the whole land of Cush. The name of the third river is Tigris, which flows east of Asshur. The fourth river is the Euphrates.** (Genesis 2:10-14 ULB) - * A river went out of Eden to water the garden. From there it divided and became four rivers. The name of one is Pishon. It is the one which flows throughout the whole land of Havilah, where there is gold. The gold of that land is good. There is also bdellium and the onyx stone there. The name of the next river is Gihon. This one flows throughout the whole land of Cush. The name of the next river is Tigris, which flows east of Asshur. The last river is the Euphrates. + * **A river went out of Eden to water the garden. From there it divided and became four rivers. The name of the first is Pishon. It is the one which flows throughout the whole land of Havilah, where there is gold. The gold of that land is good. There is also bdellium and the onyx stone there. The name of the second river is Gihon. This one flows throughout the whole land of Cush. The name of the third river is Tigris, which flows east of Asshur. The fourth river is the Euphrates.** (Genesis 2:10-14 ULB) + * A river went out of Eden to water the garden. From there it divided and became four rivers. The name of one is Pishon. It is the one which flows throughout the whole land of Havilah, where there is gold. The gold of that land is good. There is also bdellium and the onyx stone there. The name of the next river is Gihon. This one flows throughout the whole land of Cush. The name of the next river is Tigris, which flows east of Asshur. The last river is the Euphrates. 1. Tell the total number of items and then list them or the things associated with them. - * **The first lot went to Jehoiarib, the second to Jedaiah, the third to Harim, the fourth to Seorim, … the twenty-third to Delaiah, and the twenty-fourth to Maaziah.** (1 Chronicles 24:7-18 ULB) - * They cast twenty-four lots. The lots went to Jerhoiarib, Jedaiah, Harim, Seorim, … Delaiah, and Maaziah. + * **The first lot went to Jehoiarib, the second to Jedaiah, the third to Harim, the fourth to Seorim, … the twenty-third to Delaiah, and the twenty-fourth to Maaziah.** (1 Chronicles 24:7-18 ULB) + * They cast twenty-four lots. The lots went to Jerhoiarib, Jedaiah, Harim, Seorim, … Delaiah, and Maaziah. diff --git a/translate/translate-symaction/01.md b/translate/translate-symaction/01.md index e9d9f22..0b650dc 100644 --- a/translate/translate-symaction/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-symaction/01.md @@ -38,24 +38,24 @@ If people would correctly understand what a symbolic action meant to the people 1. Tell what the person did and why he did it. - * **Jairus fell down at Jesus' feet.** (Luke 8:41 ULB) - * Jairus fell down at Jesus' feet in order to show that he greatly respected him. + * **Jairus fell down at Jesus' feet.** (Luke 8:41 ULB) + * Jairus fell down at Jesus' feet in order to show that he greatly respected him. - * **Look, I stand at the door and knock.** (Revelation 3:20 ULB) - * Look, I stand at the door and knock on it, asking you to let me in. + * **Look, I stand at the door and knock.** (Revelation 3:20 ULB) + * Look, I stand at the door and knock on it, asking you to let me in. 1. Do not tell what the person did, but tell what he meant. - * **Jairus fell down at Jesus' feet.** (Luke 8:41) - * Jairus showed Jesus great respect. + * **Jairus fell down at Jesus' feet.** (Luke 8:41) + * Jairus showed Jesus great respect. - * **Look, I stand at the door and knock.** (Revelation 3:20) - * Look, I stand at the door and ask you to let me in. + * **Look, I stand at the door and knock.** (Revelation 3:20) + * Look, I stand at the door and ask you to let me in. 1. Use an action from your own culture that has the same meaning. - * **Jairus fell down at Jesus' feet.** (Luke 8:41 ULB) - Since Jairus actually did this, we would not substitute an action from our own culture. + * **Jairus fell down at Jesus' feet.** (Luke 8:41 ULB) - Since Jairus actually did this, we would not substitute an action from our own culture. - * **Look, I stand at the door and knock.** (Revelation 3:20 ULB) - Jesus was not standing at a real door. Rather he was speaking about wanting to have a relationship with people. So in cultures where it is polite to clear one's throat when wanting to be let into a house, you could use that. - * Look, I stand at the door and clear my throat. + * **Look, I stand at the door and knock.** (Revelation 3:20 ULB) - Jesus was not standing at a real door. Rather he was speaking about wanting to have a relationship with people. So in cultures where it is polite to clear one's throat when wanting to be let into a house, you could use that. + * Look, I stand at the door and clear my throat. diff --git a/translate/translate-textvariants/01.md b/translate/translate-textvariants/01.md index eddede8..ebddf03 100644 --- a/translate/translate-textvariants/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-textvariants/01.md @@ -37,10 +37,10 @@ The translation strategies are applied to Mark 7:14-16 ULB, which has a footnote 1. Translate the verses that the ULB does and include the footnote that the ULB provides. * 14He called the crowd again and said to them, "Listen to me, all of you, and understand. 15There is nothing from outside of a person that can defile him when it enters into him. It is what comes out of the person that defiles him." 16[1] - * [1]The best ancient copies omit verse 16. *If any man has ears to hear, let him hear*. + * [1]The best ancient copies omit verse 16. *If any man has ears to hear, let him hear*. 1. Translate the verses as another version does, and change the footnote so that it fits this situation. * 14He called the crowd again and said to them, "Listen to me, all of you, and understand. 15There is nothing from outside of a person that can defile him when it enters into him. It is what comes out of the person that defiles him. 16If any man has ears to hear, let him hear." [1] - * [1]Some ancient copies do not have verse 16. + * [1]Some ancient copies do not have verse 16. diff --git a/translate/translate-transliterate/01.md b/translate/translate-transliterate/01.md index ed309fe..0a58a30 100644 --- a/translate/translate-transliterate/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-transliterate/01.md @@ -39,18 +39,18 @@ There are several ways to borrow a word. 1. If your language uses a different script from the language you are translating from, you can simply substitute each letter shape with the corresponding letter shape of the script of your language. - * **צְפַנְיָ֤ה** - A man's name in Hebrew letters. - * "Zephaniah" - The same name in Roman letters + * **צְפַנְיָ֤ה** - A man's name in Hebrew letters. + * "Zephaniah" - The same name in Roman letters 1. You can spell the word as the other language spells it, and pronounce it the way your language normally pronounces those letters. - * **Zephaniah** - This is a man's name. - * "Zephaniah" - The name as it is spelled in English, but you can pronounce it according to the rules of your language. + * **Zephaniah** - This is a man's name. + * "Zephaniah" - The name as it is spelled in English, but you can pronounce it according to the rules of your language. 1. You can pronounce the word similarly to the way the other language does, and adjust the spelling to fit the rules of your language. - * **Zephaniah** - If your language does not have the "z", you could use "s". If your writing system does not use "ph" you could use "f". Depending on how you pronounce the "i" you could spell it with "i" or "ai" or "ay". - * "Sefania" - * "Sefanaia" - * "Sefanaya" + * **Zephaniah** - If your language does not have the "z", you could use "s". If your writing system does not use "ph" you could use "f". Depending on how you pronounce the "i" you could spell it with "i" or "ai" or "ay". + * "Sefania" + * "Sefanaia" + * "Sefanaya" diff --git a/translate/translate-versebridge/01.md b/translate/translate-versebridge/01.md index dddb3e9..8f5f5ee 100644 --- a/translate/translate-versebridge/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-versebridge/01.md @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ See how to mark verses in the [translationStudio APP](http://help.door43.org/en/ 1. If information from one verse is put before information from an earlier verse, put the verse numbers before the first verse with a hyphen between them. - * **2 you must select three cities for yourself in the middle of your land that Yahweh your God is giving you to possess. 3 You must build a road and divide the borders of your land into three parts, the land that Yahweh your God is causing you to inherit, so that everyone who kills another person may flee there.** (Deuteronomy 19:2-3) - * 2-3 you must divide into three parts the land that he is giving to you. Then select a city in each part. You must make good roads in order that people can get to those cities easily. Someone who kills another person can escape to one of those cities to be safe. (Deuteronomy 19:2-3 UDB) + * **2 you must select three cities for yourself in the middle of your land that Yahweh your God is giving you to possess. 3 You must build a road and divide the borders of your land into three parts, the land that Yahweh your God is causing you to inherit, so that everyone who kills another person may flee there.** (Deuteronomy 19:2-3) + * 2-3 you must divide into three parts the land that he is giving to you. Then select a city in each part. You must make good roads in order that people can get to those cities easily. Someone who kills another person can escape to one of those cities to be safe. (Deuteronomy 19:2-3 UDB) 1. If the ULB has a verse bridge, but another Bible you refer to does not have one, you can choose the order that works best for your language. diff --git a/translate/writing-newevent/01.md b/translate/writing-newevent/01.md index 129422a..ad8f048 100644 --- a/translate/writing-newevent/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-newevent/01.md @@ -49,32 +49,32 @@ If the information given at the beginning of a new event is clear and natural to 1. Put the information that introduces the event in the order that your people put it. - * **Now there was a Pharisee whose name was Nicodemus, a member of the Jewish Council. This man came to Jesus at night time and said to him ...** (John 3:1,2) - * There was a man whose name was Nicodemus. He was a Pharisee and a member of the Jewish Council. One night he came to Jesus and said… - * One night a man named Nicodemus, who was a Pharisee and a member of the Jewish Council, came to Jesus and said ... + * **Now there was a Pharisee whose name was Nicodemus, a member of the Jewish Council. This man came to Jesus at night time and said to him ...** (John 3:1,2) + * There was a man whose name was Nicodemus. He was a Pharisee and a member of the Jewish Council. One night he came to Jesus and said… + * One night a man named Nicodemus, who was a Pharisee and a member of the Jewish Council, came to Jesus and said ... - * **As he passed by, he saw Levi the son of Alpheus, who was sitting at the tax collecting place, and he said to him ...** (Mark 2:14 ULB) - * As he passed by, Levi the son of Alpheus was sitting at the tax collecting place. Jesus saw him and and said to him ... - * As he passed by, there was a man sitting at the tax collecting place. His name was Levi, and he was the son of Alpheus. Jesus saw him and said to him ... - * As he passed by, there was a tax collector sitting at the tax collecting place. His name was Levi, and he was the son of Alpheus. Jesus saw him and said to him ... + * **As he passed by, he saw Levi the son of Alpheus, who was sitting at the tax collecting place, and he said to him ...** (Mark 2:14 ULB) + * As he passed by, Levi the son of Alpheus was sitting at the tax collecting place. Jesus saw him and and said to him ... + * As he passed by, there was a man sitting at the tax collecting place. His name was Levi, and he was the son of Alpheus. Jesus saw him and said to him ... + * As he passed by, there was a tax collector sitting at the tax collecting place. His name was Levi, and he was the son of Alpheus. Jesus saw him and said to him ... 1. If readers would expect certain information but it is not in the Bible, consider using an indefinite word or phrase such as: another time, someone. - * **Noah was six hundred years old when the flood came upon the earth.** (Genesis 7:6 ULB) - If people expect to be told something about when the new event happened, the phrase "after that" can help them see that it happened after the events already mentioned. - * After that, when Noah was six hundred years old, the flood came upon the earth. + * **Noah was six hundred years old when the flood came upon the earth.** (Genesis 7:6 ULB) - If people expect to be told something about when the new event happened, the phrase "after that" can help them see that it happened after the events already mentioned. + * After that, when Noah was six hundred years old, the flood came upon the earth. - * **Again he began to teach beside the lake.** (Mark 4:1 ULB) - In chapter 3 Jesus was teaching at someone's house. Readers may need to be told that this new event happened at another time, or that Jesus actually went to the lake. - * Another time Jesus began to teach people again beside the lake. - * Jesus went to the lake and began to teach people again there. + * **Again he began to teach beside the lake.** (Mark 4:1 ULB) - In chapter 3 Jesus was teaching at someone's house. Readers may need to be told that this new event happened at another time, or that Jesus actually went to the lake. + * Another time Jesus began to teach people again beside the lake. + * Jesus went to the lake and began to teach people again there. 1. If the introduction is a summary of the whole event, use your language's way of showing that it is a summary. - * **Noah was six hundred years old when the flood came upon the earth.** (Genesis 7:6 ULB) - * Now this is what happened when Noah was six hundred years old and the flood came upon the earth. - * This part tells about what happened when the flood came upon the earth. It happened when Noah was six hundred years old. + * **Noah was six hundred years old when the flood came upon the earth.** (Genesis 7:6 ULB) + * Now this is what happened when Noah was six hundred years old and the flood came upon the earth. + * This part tells about what happened when the flood came upon the earth. It happened when Noah was six hundred years old. 1. If it would be strange in the target language to give a summary of the event at the beginning, show that the event would actually happen later in the story. - * **Noah was six hundred years old when the flood came upon the earth. Noah, his sons, his wife, and his sons' wives went into the ark together because of the waters of the flood.** (Genesis 7:6-7 ULB) - * Now this is what happened when Noah was six hundred years old. Noah, his sons, his wife, and his sons' wives went into the ark together because God had said that the waters of the flood would come. + * **Noah was six hundred years old when the flood came upon the earth. Noah, his sons, his wife, and his sons' wives went into the ark together because of the waters of the flood.** (Genesis 7:6-7 ULB) + * Now this is what happened when Noah was six hundred years old. Noah, his sons, his wife, and his sons' wives went into the ark together because God had said that the waters of the flood would come. diff --git a/translate/writing-participants/01.md b/translate/writing-participants/01.md index 0a9aae6..a1c2e7c 100644 --- a/translate/writing-participants/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-participants/01.md @@ -48,17 +48,17 @@ Some languages have something on the verb that tells something about the subject 1. If the participant is new, use one of your language's ways of introducing new participants. - * **Joseph, a Levite, a man from Cyprus, was given the name Barnabas by the apostles (that is, being interpreted, Son of encouragement).** (Acts 4:36-37 ULB) - Starting the sentence with Joseph's name when he has not been introduced yet might be confusing in some languages. - * There was a man from Cyprus who was a Levite. His name was Joseph, and he was given the name Barnabas by the apostles (that is, being interpreted, Son of encouragement). - * There was a Levite from Cyprus whose name was Joseph. The apostles gave him the name Barnabas, which means Son of encouragement. + * **Joseph, a Levite, a man from Cyprus, was given the name Barnabas by the apostles (that is, being interpreted, Son of encouragement).** (Acts 4:36-37 ULB) - Starting the sentence with Joseph's name when he has not been introduced yet might be confusing in some languages. + * There was a man from Cyprus who was a Levite. His name was Joseph, and he was given the name Barnabas by the apostles (that is, being interpreted, Son of encouragement). + * There was a Levite from Cyprus whose name was Joseph. The apostles gave him the name Barnabas, which means Son of encouragement. 1. If it is not clear who a pronoun refers to, use a noun phrase or name. - * **It happened when he finished praying in a certain place, that one of his disciples said, "Lord, teach us to pray just as John taught his disciples."** (Luke 11:1 ULB) - Since this is the first verse in a chapter, readers might wonder who "he" refers to. - * It happened when Jesus finished praying in a certain place, that one of his disciples said, "Lord, teach us to pray just as John taught his disciples. + * **It happened when he finished praying in a certain place, that one of his disciples said, "Lord, teach us to pray just as John taught his disciples."** (Luke 11:1 ULB) - Since this is the first verse in a chapter, readers might wonder who "he" refers to. + * It happened when Jesus finished praying in a certain place, that one of his disciples said, "Lord, teach us to pray just as John taught his disciples. 1. If an old participant is referred to by name or a noun phrase, and people wonder if this is another new participant, try using a pronoun instead. If a pronoun is not needed because people would understand it clearly from the context, then leave out the pronoun. - * **Joseph's master took Joseph and put him in prison, in the place where all the king's prisoners were put, and Joseph stayed there.** (Genesis 39:20 ULB) - Since Joseph is the main person in the story, some languages might find it unnatural or confusing to use his name so much. They might prefer a pronoun. - * Joseph's master took him and put him in prison, in the place where all the king's prisoners were put, and he stayed there in the prison. + * **Joseph's master took Joseph and put him in prison, in the place where all the king's prisoners were put, and Joseph stayed there.** (Genesis 39:20 ULB) - Since Joseph is the main person in the story, some languages might find it unnatural or confusing to use his name so much. They might prefer a pronoun. + * Joseph's master took him and put him in prison, in the place where all the king's prisoners were put, and he stayed there in the prison. diff --git a/translate/writing-pronouns/01.md b/translate/writing-pronouns/01.md index 2b858de..942bf42 100644 --- a/translate/writing-pronouns/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-pronouns/01.md @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ Jesus is the main character of the book of Matthew, but in the verses below he i 1. If it would not be clear to your readers whom or what a pronoun refers to, use a noun or name. - * **Again Jesus walked into the synagogue, and a man with a withered hand was there. They watched him to see if he would heal him on the Sabbath.** (Mark 3:1-2 ULB) - * Again Jesus walked into the synagogue, and a man with a withered hand was there. Some Pharisees watched Jesus to see if he would heal the man on the Sabbath. (Mark 3:1-2 UDB) + * **Again Jesus walked into the synagogue, and a man with a withered hand was there. They watched him to see if he would heal him on the Sabbath.** (Mark 3:1-2 ULB) + * Again Jesus walked into the synagogue, and a man with a withered hand was there. Some Pharisees watched Jesus to see if he would heal the man on the Sabbath. (Mark 3:1-2 UDB) 1. If repeating a noun or name would lead people to think that a main character is not a main character, or that the writer is talking about more than one person with that name, or that there is some kind of emphasis on someone when there is no emphasis, use a pronoun instead. diff --git a/translate/writing-quotations/01.md b/translate/writing-quotations/01.md index 121cd78..1587c89 100644 --- a/translate/writing-quotations/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-quotations/01.md @@ -54,15 +54,15 @@ When writing that someone said something, some languages put the quote (what was 1. Decide where to put the quote margin. - * **"Therefore, those who can," he said, "should go there with us. If there is something wrong with the man, you should accuse him."** (Acts 25:5 ULB) - * He said, "Therefore, those who can should go there with us. If there is something wrong with the man, you should accuse him." - * "Therefore, those who can should go there with us. If there is something wrong with the man, you should accuse him," he said. - * "Therefore, those who can should go there with us," he said. "If there is something wrong with the man, you should accuse him." + * **"Therefore, those who can," he said, "should go there with us. If there is something wrong with the man, you should accuse him."** (Acts 25:5 ULB) + * He said, "Therefore, those who can should go there with us. If there is something wrong with the man, you should accuse him." + * "Therefore, those who can should go there with us. If there is something wrong with the man, you should accuse him," he said. + * "Therefore, those who can should go there with us," he said. "If there is something wrong with the man, you should accuse him." 1. Decide whether to use one or two words meaning "said." - * **But his mother answered and said, "No, instead he will be called John."** (Luke 1:60 ULB) - * But his mother replied, "No, instead he will be called John." - * But his mother said, "No, instead he will be called John." - * But his mother answered like this, "No, instead he will be called John," she said. + * **But his mother answered and said, "No, instead he will be called John."** (Luke 1:60 ULB) + * But his mother replied, "No, instead he will be called John." + * But his mother said, "No, instead he will be called John." + * But his mother answered like this, "No, instead he will be called John," she said. diff --git a/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md b/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md index 795ef3f..b49667d 100644 --- a/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md +++ b/translate/writing-symlanguage/01.md @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ This passage explains the meaning of the seven lampstands and the seven stars. T 1. Translate the text with the symbols. Then explain the symbols in footnotes. * **After this I saw in my dream at night a fourth animal, terrifying, frightening, and very strong. It had large iron teeth; it devoured, broke in pieces, and trampled underfoot what was left. It was different from the other animals, and it had ten horns.** (Daniel 7:7 ULB) - * After this I saw in my dream at night a fourth animal,1 terrifying, frightening, and very strong. It had large iron teeth;2 it devoured, broke in pieces, and trampled underfoot what was left. It was different from the other animals, and it had ten horns.3 - * The footnotes would look like: - * [1] The animal is a symbol for a kingdom. - * [2] The iron teeth is a symbol for the kingdom's powerful army. - * [3] The horns are a symbol of powerful kings. + * After this I saw in my dream at night a fourth animal,1 terrifying, frightening, and very strong. It had large iron teeth;2 it devoured, broke in pieces, and trampled underfoot what was left. It was different from the other animals, and it had ten horns.3 + * The footnotes would look like: + * [1] The animal is a symbol for a kingdom. + * [2] The iron teeth is a symbol for the kingdom's powerful army. + * [3] The horns are a symbol of powerful kings. From e8573c55e46c98c51b9f8c82cf832db84b7da22e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesse Griffin Date: Thu, 30 Nov 2017 10:50:49 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 7/7] Fixes for footnote example indentation --- translate/translate-names/01.md | 9 +++++--- translate/translate-unknown/01.md | 34 +++++++++++++++---------------- 2 files changed, 23 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-) diff --git a/translate/translate-names/01.md b/translate/translate-names/01.md index 77558ff..ba2b1ab 100644 --- a/translate/translate-names/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-names/01.md @@ -74,7 +74,8 @@ Readers may not know that the names Saul and Paul refer to the same person. 1. If a person or place has two different names, use one name most of the time and the other name only when the text tells about the person or place having more than one name or when it says something about why the person or place was given that name. Write a footnote when the source text uses the name that is used less frequently. For example, Paul is called "Saul" before Acts 13 and "Paul" after Acts 13. You could translate his name as "Paul" all of the time, except in Acts 13:9 where it talks about him having both names. * **... a young man named Saul** (Acts 7:58 ULB) - * ... a young man named Paul1 The footnote would look like: + * ... a young man named Paul1 + * The footnote would look like: * [1]Most versions say Saul here, but most of the time in the Bible he is called Paul. * **But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit;** (Acts 13:9) @@ -83,13 +84,15 @@ Readers may not know that the names Saul and Paul refer to the same person. 1. Or if a person or place has two names, use whatever name is given in the source text, and add a footnote that gives the other name. For example, you could write "Saul" where the source text has "Saul" and "Paul" where the source text has "Paul." * **a young man named Saul** (Acts 7:58 ULB) - * a young man named Saul The footnote would look like: + * a young man named Saul + * The footnote would look like: * [1]This is the same man who is called Paul beginning in Acts 13. * **But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit;** (Acts 13:9) * But Saul, who is also called Paul, was filled with the Holy Spirit; * **It came about in Iconium that Paul and Barnabas entered together into the synagogue** (Acts 14:1 ULB) - * It came about in Iconium that Paul1 and Barnabas entered together into the synagogue The footnote would look like: + * It came about in Iconium that Paul1 and Barnabas entered together into the synagogue + * The footnote would look like: * [1]This is the man that was called Saul before Acts 13. diff --git a/translate/translate-unknown/01.md b/translate/translate-unknown/01.md index 4003c93..b512fe8 100644 --- a/translate/translate-unknown/01.md +++ b/translate/translate-unknown/01.md @@ -51,38 +51,38 @@ Here are ways you might translate a term that is not known in your language: 1. Use a phrase that describes what the unknown item is, or what is important about the unknown item for the verse being translated. -* **Beware of false prophets, those who come to you in sheep's clothing, but are truly ravenous wolves.** (Matthew 7:15 ULB) - * Beware of false prophets, those who come to you in sheep's clothing, but are truly hungry and dangerous animals. + * **Beware of false prophets, those who come to you in sheep's clothing, but are truly ravenous wolves.** (Matthew 7:15 ULB) + * Beware of false prophets, those who come to you in sheep's clothing, but are truly hungry and dangerous animals. "Ravenous wolves" is part of a metaphor here, so the reader needs to know that they are very dangerous to sheep in order to understand this metaphor. (If sheep are also unknown, then you will need to also use one of the translation strategies to translate sheep, or change the metaphor to something else, using a translation strategy for metaphors. See [Translating Metaphors](../figs-metaphor/01.md).) -* **We have here only five loaves of bread and two fish** (Matthew 14:17 ULB) - * We have here only five loaves of baked grain seeds and two fish + * **We have here only five loaves of bread and two fish** (Matthew 14:17 ULB) + * We have here only five loaves of baked grain seeds and two fish 1. Substitute something similar from your language if doing so does not falsely represent a historical fact. -* **your sins ... will be white like snow** (Isaiah 1:18 ULB) This verse is not about snow. It uses snow in a figure of speech to help people understand how white something will be. - * your sins ... will be white like milk - * your sins ... will be white like the moon + * **your sins ... will be white like snow** (Isaiah 1:18 ULB) This verse is not about snow. It uses snow in a figure of speech to help people understand how white something will be. + * your sins ... will be white like milk + * your sins ... will be white like the moon 1. Copy the word from another language, and add a general word or descriptive phrase to help people understand it. -* **Then they tried to give Jesus wine that was mixed with myrrh. But he refused to drink it.** (Mark 15:23 ULB) - People may understand better what myrrh is if it is used with the general word "medicine." - * Then they tried to give Jesus wine that was mixed with a medicine called myrrh. But he refused to drink it. + * **Then they tried to give Jesus wine that was mixed with myrrh. But he refused to drink it.** (Mark 15:23 ULB) - People may understand better what myrrh is if it is used with the general word "medicine." + * Then they tried to give Jesus wine that was mixed with a medicine called myrrh. But he refused to drink it. -* **We have here only five loaves of bread and two fish** (Matthew 14:17 ULB) - People may understand better what bread is if it is used with a phrase that tells what it is made of (seeds) and how it is prepared (crushed and baked). - * We have here only five loaves of baked crushed seed bread and two fish + * **We have here only five loaves of bread and two fish** (Matthew 14:17 ULB) - People may understand better what bread is if it is used with a phrase that tells what it is made of (seeds) and how it is prepared (crushed and baked). + * We have here only five loaves of baked crushed seed bread and two fish 1. Use a word that is more general in meaning. -* **I will turn Jerusalem into piles of ruins, a hideout for jackals** (Jeremiah 9:11 ULB) - * I will turn Jerusalem into piles of ruins, a hideout for wild dogs + * **I will turn Jerusalem into piles of ruins, a hideout for jackals** (Jeremiah 9:11 ULB) + * I will turn Jerusalem into piles of ruins, a hideout for wild dogs -* **We have here only five loaves of bread and two fish** (Matthew 14:17 ULB) - * We have here only five loaves of baked food and two fish + * **We have here only five loaves of bread and two fish** (Matthew 14:17 ULB) + * We have here only five loaves of baked food and two fish 1. Use a word or phrase that is more specific in meaning. -* **to him who made great lights** (Psalm 136:7 ULB) - * to him who made the sun and the moon + * **to him who made great lights** (Psalm 136:7 ULB) + * to him who made the sun and the moon